Sharp MX 4501N MX-2300N MX-2700N MX-3500N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N
Sharp MX 4501N - Color Laser - All-in-One Manual
View all Sharp MX 4501N manuals
Add to My Manuals
Save this manual to your list of manuals |
Sharp MX 4501N manual content summary:
- Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 1
User's Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 2
MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N System Settings Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 3
List 9 Total Count 15 Default Settings 17 List Print (User 20 Paper Tray Settings 24 Address Control 30 Fax Data Receive/Forward 44 Printer Condition Settings 46 Document Filing Control 52 USB-Device Check 57 User Control 58 2 SYSTEM SETTINGS (ADMINISTRATOR) Accessing the System Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 4
. When using the machine, read the appropriate manual for the feature you are using. Printed manuals Manual name Safety Guide Software Setup Guide Quick Start Guide Troubleshooting Facsimile Quick Reference Guide Contents This manual contains instructions for using the machine safely and lists the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 5
using the scanner function and the Internet fax function. Document Filing Guide This manual provides detailed explanations of the procedures for using the document filing function. The document filing function allows you to save the document data of a copy or fax job, or the data of a print job - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 6
to the printer function • Storing, editing, and deleting folders for the document filing function. • Displaying the number of pages printed, scanned, and faxed. For more information, see "1. SYSTEM SETTINGS (GENERAL)" (page 5). Settings for general users System Settings (Administrator) *Login - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 7
pages of this chapter. System settings screen (factory default state) System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Setup Items - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 8
your login name / E-mail address / password. User Authentication OK Login Name User Name E-mail Address Password Auth to: Server 1 Login name, password and E-mail address Enter your user number. OK User number Admin Login • Check with your administrator for the user information that is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 9
for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. If a password has not been established, this step is not necessary. Go to step 4. Please enter your login name / password. User Authentication Login Name User Name AAA AAA Password Auth to: Login Locally Touch the [OK] key. OK - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 10
numeric keys. Each entered digit will be displayed as " ". Enter your user number. Touch the [OK] key. OK 2 Admin Login • When a user number is set to a 8-digit number, this step is not necessary. (When an user number is entered, login will take place automatically.) • This completes the login - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 11
Saving Time Setting ● Keyboard Select ■ List Print (User) ● All Custom Setting List ● Printer Test Page X PCL Symbol Set List X PCL Internal Font List X PCL Extended Font List X PS Font List*1 X PS Extended Font List*1 X NIC Page ● Sending Address List X Individual List X Group List X Program - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 12
User Type 4 X User Type 5 X User Type 6 X User Type 7 ● Auto Tray Switching ■ Address Control ● Direct Address / Program X Individual E-mail • Search Number • Name • Initial • Index • Address • Key Name • File Format Factory default setting Page 24 Plain, Auto-Inch (8-1/2" x 11" on the MX-2300 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 13
Address • Resolution • Exposure • Special Modes X Modify/Delete ● Custom Index X User 1 X User 2 X User 3 X User 4 X User 5 X User 6 ■ Fax Data Receive/Forward ● Internet Fax Manual Reception*2 X Reception Start X Manual Reception Key in Initial Screen ● Internet Fax Data Forward*2 Factory default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 14
Default Paper Type X Line Thickness X 2-Sided Print X Color Mode X N-Up Print ● PCL Settings X PCL Symbol Set Setting X PCL Font Setting X PCL Line Feed Code X Wide A4 ● Postscript Settings*1 X Print PS Errors ■ Document Filing Control ● Custom Folder Registration X Folder Name X Initial X Password - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 15
are explained in "11. SYSTEM SETTINGS FOR FAX" in the Facsimile Guide. Item Factory default setting ■ Address Control ● Direct Address/Program X Individual Fax*5 • Search Number - • Name - • Initial - • Index - • Fax No. - • Key Name - • Mode - ● F-Code Memory Box*5 X Store - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 16
Forward*5 - *1 When the PS3 expansion kit is installed. *2 When the Internet fax expansion kit is installed. *3 When a right tray is installed. *4 When user authentication is enabled and a user without the authority to configure the system settings (administrator) has logged in. (Excluding factory - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 17
the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Total Count] key. System - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 18
the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Total Count] key. System - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 19
Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Default Settings] key. System Settings Default Settings 3 Display Contrast Clock - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 20
Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Default Settings] key. System Settings Default Settings 3 Display Contrast Clock - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 21
entry screens can be changed. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 22
Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [List Print (User)] key. 3 System Settings List Print (User) All Custom Setting List Printer Test Page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 23
Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [List Print (User)] key. 3 System Settings List Print (User) All Custom Setting List Printer Test Page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 24
Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [List Print (User)] key. 3 System Settings List Print (User) All Custom Setting List Printer Test Page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 25
Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [List Print (User)] key. System Settings List Print (User) Document Filing Folder List 3 (2) Print the Document - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 26
the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Paper Tray Settings] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 27
Printed Recycled Letter Head Pre-Punched Color Cancel 1/2 1/2 System Settings Tray 1 Type/Size Setting Select the paper type. User Type 1 User Type 5 User Type 2 User Type 6 User Type 3 User Type 7 Cancel 2/2 User • If you wish to manually specify a special paper size that is not in the list - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 28
colored paper, or user type, the [Fax] and [I-Fax] checkboxes cannot be selected. • The [Fax] checkbox can only be selected when the facsimile expansion kit 17) 17 inch (5 1/2 11 5/8) 11 inch Inch Enter the size. (1) administrator), the tray (except bypass tray) settings cannot be configured. 26 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 29
• User Type • Plain • Letter Head • Pre-Printed • Pre-Punched • Recycled • Color • Thin Paper • Heavy Paper • User Type • Labels • Transparency • Tab Paper • Envelope Size MX-2300/2700 Series MX-3500/4500 Series 216 mm x 330 mm (8-1/2" x 13"), 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 30
the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Paper Tray Settings] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 31
the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Paper Tray Settings] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 32
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 33
be changed later. 6 Direct Address / Individual E-mail Internet Fax Search Number 001 Name Initial Address Index Next Fax Exit TEXT" in the User's Guide. 7 Direct Address / Individual E-mail Internet Fax Search Number 001 Name AAA AAA Initial Address Index Next Fax Exit 1/2 Enter - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 34
Registration is completed. Key Name AAA AAA File Format Color/Gray : PDF/Middle B/W : PDF/MMR(G4) Exit 2/2 (3) (2) Internet Fax 11 Direct Address / Individual E-mail Internet Fax Next Fax Search Number 001 Key Name AAA AAA I-Fax Report Off Registration is completed. Compression MH (G3 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 35
Fax Direct Address / Individual No.001 Compression Mode MH(G3) MMR(G4) (1) Next Exit OK (2) ● To set the format Scanning in Mono 2 (1) Touch the desired file type key. (2) Touch the desired compression mode key. (3) Touch the [OK] key. Scanning in color/grayscale (1) Change the mode to Color - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 36
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 37
. User 1 User 2 User 3 User 4 User 5 Do you register this address at the [Frequent Use], too? Yes No Exit OK User 6 Select the index. (1) Touch the key of the desired index. (2) Touch the [OK] key. • One of the upper row of keys, [User 1] to [User 6] (the names can be changed) can be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 38
11 Direct Address / Group Search Number 001 Group Name BBB BBB Initial B Index User 1 Key Name BBB BBB Next Registration is completed. Address 3 Addresses Exit Check the key name. If you need to change from Operation Panel" (page 106) in the system settings (administrator). 36 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 39
Direct entry Direct Address / Group Select address. AAA AAA BBB BBB E-mail Internet Fax OK Direct Entry Address Review CCC CCC Fax Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Checking addresses Direct Address / Group Select address to deselect. Group Name :BBB BBB 001 AAA AAA - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 40
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 41
Image Settings Internet Fax Address Book Address Review Special Modes (1) Touch the [Mode Switch] key to select the mode that you wish to store in the program. (2) Select the destinations and settings that you wish to include in the program. For information on the settings, see the Scanner Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 42
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 43
Delete Exit Settings Address 4 Addresses Resolution 200X200dpi Exposure Special Modes 13 5 Erase Text Direct Address / Modify/Delete E-Mail Internet Fax Delete Fax Search Number 001 Name AAA AAA Initial A Address [email protected] Index User 1 Exit 1/2 Delete the address? AAA AAA No - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 44
individual key) or a program, delete the key from the group or program and then edit or delete the key. • If your administrator has enabled "Default Address Setting" (on the machine) or "Inbound Routing Settings" (in the Web pages), editing and deleting will not be possible. Remove the destinations - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 45
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 46
When the Internet fax expansion kit is installed.) SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 47
when the Internet fax expansion kit is installed. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 48
Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Printer Condition Settings] key. 3 System Settings Printer Condition Settings Printer Default Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 49
Printer Default Settings Copies Orientation Default Paper Size (1) System Settings Printer Default Settings Default Output Tray 4 Default Paper Type Line Thickness (1) System Settings Printer Default Settings 2-Sided Print Color Mode N-Up Print 1 Portrait 81/2x11 (2) Configure the default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 50
Tray (Finisher Tray*2) Default Paper Type Plain Paper, Letter Head, Pre-Printed, Pre-Punched, Recycle Paper, Color Plain Paper Line Thickness*3 0 - 9 5 2-Sided Print • 1-Sided • 2-Sided (Book) • 2-Sided (Tablet) 1-Sided Color Mode • Color B/W • B/W N-Up Print • 1-Up • 2-Up • 4-Up - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 51
line feed code used in PCL6 and PCL5c environment. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 52
printing. PCL Line Feed Code This setting is used to select how the printer responds when a line feed command is received. Wide A4 When this is enabled, 80 characters per line can be printed (Disabled) Factory default setting 3. (PC-8) Internal Font 0. (Courier) 0. CR=CR; LF=LF; FF=FF (Disabled) 50 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 53
when the PS3 expansion kit is installed. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 54
Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Document Filing Control] key. 3 System Settings Document Filing Control Custom Folder - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 55
EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Cancel Default User ABC User Select the user. If no users have been stored, touch the [Default User] key to select a factory default user. 8 Custom Folder Registration No.001 Registration is completed. Folder Name User 1 Initial U Password User Name BBB BBB Next - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 56
10 Custom Folder Registration No.001 Registration is completed. Folder Name User 1 Initial U Password User Name BBB BBB Next Exit Touch the [Exit] key. To create another folder... Touch the [Next] key and repeat the procedure from step 4. Up to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 57
Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Document Filing Control] key. 3 System Settings Document Filing Control Custom Folder - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 58
Name User 1 Initial U Password User Name BBB BBB Delete Exit (2) Delete Exit (1) Edit/Delete ● Editing (1) Touch the keys of the items that you wish to edit. Edit the items in the same way as you stored them. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 59
Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [USB-Device Check] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 60
Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings User Control Device Control Printer Settings Energy Save Copy Settings Image Send Settings Exit Operation Settings 2/3 Network Settings Document Filing Settings Select the [User Control]. (1) Touch the the screens. keys to switch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 61
Name Password E-mail Address My Folder Auth to: Page Limit Authority Favorites (User number) * This appears only when user authentication is controlled by user number. Settings Edit the name of the user (max. 32 characters). This user name is used for the key name in the login screen, the document - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 62
Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Admin Password] key. 3 System Settings Administrator Password Cancel OK Enter the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 63
System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control Logout Exit List Print (User) 1/3 Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Configure the desired system settings. Touch the items that you wish to configure - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 64
for the login method, [E-mail Address] will appear under the [Login Name] key shown on the left. (2) Touch the [Admin Login] key. (3) Touch the [Password] key and enter the administrator password. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. (4) Touch the [OK] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 65
you pressed the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control Exit List Print (User) 1/3 Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Configure the desired system settings. Touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 66
Total Count ■ Default Settings ■ List Print (User) ■ Paper Tray Settings ■ Address Control ■ Fax Data Receive/Forward ■ Printer Condition Settings ■ Document Filing Control ■ USB-Device Check Administrator items Item ■ User Control ● User Authentication Setting X User Authentication X Authentication - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 67
X Favorite Operation Group List ● The Number of User Name Displayed Setting ● A Warning when Login Fails ● Disable Printing by Invalid User ● Default Network Authentication Server Setting ■ Energy Save ● Toner Save in Printer Mode ● Toner Save in Copy Mode ● Auto Power Shut-Off ● Auto Power Shut - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 68
X Cancel Detection at Document Glass ● Disabling of Document Feeder ● Original Feeding Mode ● Disabling of Duplex ● Disabling of Large Capacity Cassette*3 Disable Disable Factory default setting Special Modes File Quick File Special Modes File Quick File Special Modes File Quick File Special - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 69
in Auto Color Mode ■ Copy Settings ● Initial Status Settings X Color Mode X Paper Tray X Exposure Type X Copy Ratio X 2-Sided Copy X Output ● Exposure Adjustment X Color Document Glass Document Feeder X B/W Document Glass Document Feeder ● Rotation Copy Setting Factory default setting - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 70
Color Calibration ● B/W 600dpi x 600dpi Scanning Mode for Document Feeder ● B/W Quick Scan from Document Glass Factory default setting - - 999 1/2" 1/2" X: 3-3/8" Y: 2-1/8" Disable Enable 1/2" Disable Disable Disable Disable Factory Default State - Disable Enable ■ Network Settings ● IP Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 71
completed Switch Automatically to Copy Mode Screen X Initial Resolution Setting Apply the Resolution Set when Stored Scan Internet Fax*1 Fax*2 X Default Exposure Settings Exposure Original Image Type Moiré Reduction X Must Input Next Address Key at Broadcast Setting X Scan Complete - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 72
Disable • Network Folder Disable • Internet Fax Disable • Fax Disable Disable Registration Using Network Scanner Tools*10 X Settings to Disable Transmission Disable Disable [Resend] on Fax/Image Send Mode Disable Selection from the Address Book Disable • E-mail Disable • FTP - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 73
PC Scan USB Memory Scan X Pre-Setting Mail Signature ● I-Fax Settings*1 X I-Fax Default Settings I-Fax Own Name and Address Set Auto Wake Up Print I-Fax Speaker Volume Settings • Receive Signal • Communication Error Signal Factory default setting - Auto, Grayscale Mono 2 Disable PDF MMR (G4 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 74
Name Setting I-Fax Output Setting*11 ■ Document Filing Settings ● Default Mode Settings ● Sort Method Setting ● Document Output Options X Print Copy Printer Scan Send I-Fax Send (Incl. PC-I-Fax) Factory default setting Print Out Error Report Only Print Out Error Report Only Print Out All - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 75
-Fax) Scan to HDD ● Administrator Authority Setting X Delete File X Delete Folder ● Default Color Mode Settings X Color X B/W ● Default Exposure Settings X Exposure X Original Image Type X Moiré Reduction ● Initial Resolution Setting ● Color Data Compression Ratio Setting ● Default Output Tray*11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 76
X Selection of [All Users] is not allowed. X Selection of [User Unknown] is not allowed. - Enable Disable Enable Enable Factory default setting ■ List Print (Administrator) ● Administrator Settings List X Copy - X Print - X Image Send - X Document Filing - X Security - X Common - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 77
Clear Timer X Disabling of Job Priority Operation X Disabling of Bypass Printing X Disable Auto Key Repeat X Disabling of Clock Adjustment X Disabling of Covers/Inserts Mode ● Device Control X Disabling of Document Feeder X Disabling of Duplex X Disabling of Large Capacity Cassette*3 X Disabling of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 78
*1 Disable PC-Fax Transmission*2 Disable Disable Disable ● Document Filing Settings X Disable Stamp for Reprinting X Batch Print Settings Selection of [All Users] is not allowed. Disable Enable Selection of [User Unknown] is not allowed. Enable Factory default setting 76 Page 120 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 79
Item ■ Change Administrator Password ■ Product Key*14 ● PS3 Expansion Kit ● Internet Fax Expansion Kit ● E-mail Alert and Status ● Application Integration Module ● Serial Number ■ Storing/Calling of System Settings ● Restore Factory Defaults ● Store Current Configuration ● Restore Configuration - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 80
the Telephone Number for Data Forwarding A3 RX Reduce Anti Junk Fax Setting Fax Output Settings Factory default setting 5 Print Out Error Report Only Print Out Error Report Only Print Out All Report No Printed Report Print Out Notice Page Disable Disable Enable Off Enable All Enable Enable - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 81
*7 When a punch module is installed. *8 When a color-related problem has occurred. *9 When the PS3 expansion kit is installed. *10 When network connection is enabled. *11 When a right tray is installed. *12 When the facsimile expansion kit or the Internet fax expansion kit is installed. *13 When the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 82
login fails for some reason when auto login is enabled, or the login user does not have administrator rights, all system settings or the system settings (administrator) will lock. In this event, the administrator should touch the [Admin Password] key in the system settings screen and log in again - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 83
users MX-3500/4500 Series: 1000 users * This does not include factory default users. 1 Touch each key and enter the required information. For more information, see "Items stored" (page 82). User Registration Register Exit User Name AAA AAA Initial A Login Name AAA AAA Password E-mail Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 84
by login name/password is enabled (1 to 32 characters). (Can be omitted.) E-mail Address Enter the e-mail address used in the sender list and for LDAP authentication (maximum of 64 characters). My Folder A folder ("My Folder") can be specified as the folder used by the user for document filing - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 85
] key. The page limit setting of users that specified this group will change to "Unlimited". (B) Pages Limit Group Registration Return to the Defaults OK No.02 Group Name DEF Group B/W F. Color 2 Color S. Color Copies --,---,-- 75,000,000 250,000 150,000 1/3 Prints 30,000,000 30,000,000 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 86
model. Cancel Admin User Guest 3 users that specified this group will change to the selected factory-stored authority group. (B) Authority Group Registration Return to the Defaults OK No.02 Group Name DEF Group Select a function setting up authority. Copy Printer Image Send Document - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 87
Address Book All Allowed Document Filing Scan to HDD • Color Mode Approval All Setting Allowed All Allowed Only Black & White Allowed • Special Modes Approved Allowed Allowed Prohibited Item Factory-stored authority group Admin User Guest Document Filing Print • Color Mode Approval - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 88
The customized settings of users that specified this group will change to "Following the System Settings". (B) Favorite Ope. Gr. Registration Return to the Defaults OK No.02 Group Name DEF Group Select a function setting up favorite operation. Copy Image Send Document Filing System Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 89
, and File Format. Fax Default Own Number and Name Setting Store the default fax sender name and number. Document Filing Scan to HDD: Initial Status Settings Select settings for Color Mode, Resolution, Exposure, and Compression Ratio. Document Filing Print: Default Output Tray Setting Set - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 90
operation lock state can be cleared in the screen that appears when [User Control] > [Default Settings] is selected in the Web page menu. Disable Printing by Invalid User Printing by users who do not enter valid user information in the printer driver or who are not stored in the machine for FTP push - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 91
Toner Save in Printer Mode Toner Save mode can be enabled to reduce toner consumption when printing. This setting is only effective for printing that does not use the printer driver. When the printer driver is used, the printer driver key. (To make the number change quickly, keep your finger on the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 92
mode Exposure adjustment screen in base screen of fax, Internet fax, and network scanner modes Exposure level 3 (middle level) Exposure adjustment screen in [Scan to HDD] in base screen of document filing mode can be changed. Select one of the keys and touch the [OK] key. When user authentication - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 93
printing (printing change mode for which you wish to configure the customized keys. System Settings Customize Key Setting OK Copy Internet Fax USB Memory Scan Scan Fax Data Entry 2 Touch the key that you wish to configure. To return all of the customized key settings to the factory default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 94
[Key Name] key and enter the desired name. The customized keys in the base screen of the selected mode will change to reflect the settings. Ready to scan for copy. Full Color Color Mode Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 95
document feeder, such as when the feeder malfunctions. (When the setting is enabled, scanning is still possible using the document glass.) To enable this setting, select the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. Original Feeding Mode The following original feeding modes can be set to operate by default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 96
. To enable this setting, select the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. Disabling of Color Mode (When a color-related problem has occurred.) When a color-related problem has occurred and printing is not possible, the use of color mode can be prohibited on an emergency basis and only black and white - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 97
which are used as TCP/IP network printers) in a tandem connection for printing. System Settings Tandem Connection Setting OK IP Address of Slave Machine 0 0 0 0 Port Number 5 0 0 0 1 Tandem Mode Disabling of Master Machine Mode Disabling of Slave Machine Mode For each entry box, select - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 98
Settings The copier settings are reset when the [POWER] key ( ) is turned on, when the [CLEAR ALL] key ( ) is pressed, or when the auto clear interval has elapsed. These settings are used to change the default settings for copy mode. The following settings can be changed: • Color Mode • Paper Tray - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 99
1/8" (1 mm). Specify the default settings for the "Edge" and "Center" with the keys and touch the [OK] key. (To make the number change quickly, keep your finger on the same size as the original on the document glass or in the automatic document feeder does not take place. To enable this setting, - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 100
Auto Color Calibration OK Use 11"x17" or A3 paper for this adjustment. Press [Execute] to print the test patch. Execute After the [Execute] key is touched and a test patch is printed, a message appears prompting you to begin automatic calibration. Place the test patch on the document glass - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 101
The resolution for copying in black and white using the automatic document feeder can be changed from 600 x 300 dpi to 600 x 600 dpi (high quality mode). When high quality mode is used, fine print and thin lines are reproduced with greater clarity, however, the scanning speed is slower. To enable - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 102
be enabled. • If DHCP is used, the IP address assigned to the machine may change automatically. If the IP address changes, printing will not be possible. Enable TCP/IP To use the machine on a TCP/IP network, this setting must be enabled. The IP address of the machine must also be configured using - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 103
Printer Test Page" in the system settings cannot be used to print test pages. To enable this setting, select the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. A4/Letter Size Auto Change When printing Print Density Level This lightens or darkens the print density of color and black and white images. The print - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 104
make the number change quickly, keep your finger on the or key.) Enable USB Port This is used to enable printing from the kit is installed. Unless printer errors occur frequently, it is recommended that you use the factory default setting "Auto". Enable Network Port This is used to enable printing - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 105
changes to auto selection. Select one of the keys and touch the [OK] key. The following two print ports are available on the machine: • USB port • Network port Color Adjustments This is used to adjust grayscale and color balance. Touch [Printer , and gently close the automatic document feeder. 103 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 106
the settings. Default Display Setting Five screen selections are available for the base screen that appears when you press the [IMAGE SEND] key, or when you press the [CLEAR ALL] key ( ) in image send mode. • Scan • Internet Fax • Fax • Address Book (ABC) • Address Book (User) When [Switch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 107
) in the Address Book. When this setting is enabled, touching a tab in the Address Book screen does not change the order. Print This function holds received faxes and Internet faxes in memory without printing them. The faxes can be printed by entering a password (factory default setting: 0000 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 108
the following transmission operations. Disable [Resend] on Fax/Image Send Mode Disable the use of the [Resend] key on the basic screen of image send mode. To enable this setting, select the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. Disable Selection from the Address Book This is used to disable selecting the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 109
A maximum of 64 characters can be entered. After you have entered the address/domain, touch the [OK] key. 3 Touch the [OK] key. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Default Color Mode Settings This is used to set the default color mode settings for Black - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 110
that includes both e-mail and Internet fax destinations, the limit set in "Maximum Size of E-mail Attachments (E-mail)" takes priority. Default Address Setting A default address can be stored that makes it possible to transmit by simply pressing the [COLOR START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & WHITE - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 111
you have entered the address/domain, touch the [OK] key. 3 Touch the [OK] key. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Auto Wake Up Print When the [POWER] key ( ) is "off" (but the main power switch is "on") and an Internet fax is received, this function - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 112
printed manually. See "List Print (Administrator)" (page 116) in the system settings (administrator). Body Text Print Select Setting Image files attached to Internet faxes are normally printed [OK] key when finished. (To make the number change quickly, keep your finger on the or key.) 110 This - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 113
Error When an error message is received from an Internet fax destination, the number to resend can be set from 0 to 15. Specify the desired number with the keys and touch the [OK] key. (To make the number change image counterclockwise 90 degrees. • 8-1/2" x 11", 5-1/2" x 8-1/2"R, A4, B5R, A5R, - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 114
on the or key.) The machine also checks the mail server (POP3) for received Internet faxes when it is powered on. (Except when 0 hours 0 minutes is specified.) • For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. • Multiple forwarding addresses cannot be stored. 112 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 115
fax is received. Select the desired key (the keys will vary depending on the machine configuration) and touch the [OK] key. Storing addresses/domains Up to 50 addresses text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. • When there are no stored anti junk mail addresses, only the [Enter] key can be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 116
is used to allow an administrator password to be entered to cancel and delete the password. Select the desired checkboxes and touch the [OK] key. This setting can only be used to delete a password. It cannot be used to change a password. Default Color Mode Settings Sets to the standard settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 117
document filing mode. System Settings Default Exposure Settings OK Auto Manual 1 .3.5 Text/ Prtd.Photo Text Printed key. Color Data Print Settings When printing files by batch printing, this setting is used to prohibit the selection of the [All Users] key and the [User Unknown] key in the user - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 118
kit or the Internet fax expansion kit is installed.) This prints a list of the "Inbound Routing Settings". Document Admin List (When the facsimile expansion kit or the Internet fax expansion kit is installed.) This prints a list of the "Document Administration Function" settings. Anti Junk Fax - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 119
Security Settings The following settings are related to security. Touch the [Security Settings] key and configure the settings. SSL Settings SSL transmission can be applied to a data transmission on the network. SSL is the protocol enable to encrypt the data and receive and send it. Encrypting data - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 120
parameters as other settings such as the Printer Condition Settings. The settings are linked together (changing one setting changes the other). User Control Disabling of Printing by Invalid User Printing by users who do not enter valid user information in the printer driver or who are not stored in - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 121
SHARP service department to have a service technician cancel the setting and resolve the color-related problem. Disabling of Master Machine Mode This prohibits the use of the machine as a master machine for tandem printing used to prohibit the deletion and changing of copy settings stored in job - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 122
same size as the original on the document glass or in the automatic document feeder does not take place. To enable this setting, select the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. Printer settings Prohibit Notice Page Printing This setting is used to disable printing of notice pages. To enable this setting - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 123
Transmission (When the facsimile expansion kit is installed.) Disable transmission from PC-Fax. To enable this setting, select the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. Document Filing Settings Disable Stamp for Reprinting When a stored file is called up and printed, this setting prohibits the selection - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 124
ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. • For the factory default administrator password, see "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE" in the Safety Guide. • When changing the password, be sure to remember the new password. • It is recommended that you periodically change the administrator password. 122 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 125
Enter the product key for using the machine as a PostScript compatible printer. Enter the product key with the numeric keys and touch the [Enter] key. Internet Fax Expansion Kit Enter the product key for using the machine as an Internet fax. Enter the product key with the numeric keys and touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 126
settings before restoring the factory default settings, print the current settings using "List Print (Administrator)" (page 116) in the system settings (administrator). After executing this function, Current Configuration". The current settings will change to the settings called up from memory. 124 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 127
System Settings Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N MX4500-US-SYS-Z2 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 128
MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N DIGITAL FULL COLOR MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM Software Setup Guide Keep this manual close at hand for reference whenever needed. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 129
how to install the printer drivers and software that are used when the expansion kits are installed, and how to install the scanner driver. If the software is not installed correctly or you need to remove the software, see "INSTALLATION" in the separate "Troubleshooting" manual. Please note • The - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 130
MAC OS X (v10.3.3 TO 10.4 30 MAC OS X (v10.2.8 33 MAC OS X (v10.1.5 36 MAC OS 9.0 TO 9.2.2 38 4 USEFUL INFORMATION INSTALLING THE PS DISPLAY FONTS 40 • WINDOWS ENVIRONMENT 40 • MACINTOSH ENVIRONMENT (Mac OS 9.0 to 9.2.2 41 CHANGING THE PORT 42 • CHECKING THE IP ADDRESS OF THE MACHINE 43 1 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 131
PCL6 and PCL5c printer driver The machine supports the Hewlett-Packard PCL6 and PCL5c printer control languages. It is recommended that you use the PCL6 printer driver. If you have a problem printing from older software using the PCL6 printer driver, use the PCL5c printer driver. • PS printer driver - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 132
fax expansion kit to enable you to send a file from your computer as an Internet fax in the same way as you print a file. ☞ INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER (page 8) The following software can be used only when the machine is connected to a network. • Scanner driver (TWAIN driver - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 133
PC-Fax driver.) ☞ INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER (page 8) X "Sharpdesk/Network Scanner Utilities" CD-ROM (for Windows) This contains software that helps you get the most out of the images that you scan on the machine. The software includes "Sharpdesk", a desktop document management - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 134
2000 Server, or Windows Server 2003, and which are equipped standard with a USB interface. *5 Cannot be used when the machine is connected with a USB cable. The PC-Fax driver and scanner driver cannot be used. Administrator's rights are required to install the software in Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 135
be met to use the software described in this manual. Operating system environment*1 Windows Macintosh Software PCL6 printer driver, PCL5c printer driver PS printer driver, PPD driver PC-Fax driver*2 Scanner driver Printer Status Monitor Printer Administration Utility Macintosh PPD file Required - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 136
DHCP environment, the IP address of the machine may change. If this happens, printing will not be possible. This problem can be avoided by using a WINS server or by assigning a permanent IP address to the machine. • This manual explains how to set up the software in a Windows network environment and - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 137
) Printing using LPR protocol Windows computer connected to the same network as the machine Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0*/2000*/XP*/Server 2003* * Administrator's rights are required to install the software. • The PS3 expansion kit is required to use the PS printer driver or - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 138
Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000, double-click [My Computer] and then double-click the [CD-ROM] icon. 3 Double-click the [Setup] icon ( ). 4 The "SOFTWARE LICENSE" window will Print • Set as default printer: Yes (excluding the PC-Fax driver) • Printer driver name: Cannot be changed • PCL printer display - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 139
for the machine by entering the machine's name (host name) or IP address. 10 A confirmation window appears. Check the contents and then click the [Next] button. 11 When the printer driver selection window appears, select the printer driver to be installed and click the [Next] button. Click the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 140
the PS3 expansion kit. See "INSTALLING THE PS DISPLAY FONTS" (page 40). • If you are using the machine as a print server (with the machine configured as a shared printer), see "USING THE MACHINE AS A SHARED PRINTER" (page 20) to install the printer driver on each of the client computers. 11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 141
the "SSL Settings" in the system settings (administrator) of the machine. To configure the settings, see the System Settings Guide. 1 Insert the "Software CD-ROM" into your computer's CD-ROM drive. • If you are installing the printer driver, insert the "Software CD-ROM" that shows "Disc 1" on the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 142
select [Print via the proxy server] and then enter the [Address] and [Port number]. INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER 11 Enter the machine's URL and click the [Next] button. Enter the URL in the following format: Normal format: http:// - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 143
-Fax driver is being installed, this screen does not appear. Go to the next step. • The PS3 expansion kit is required to use the PS printer driver. • The [PPD] checkbox only appears if you are using Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003. 14 Select whether or not you wish the printer to be your default printer - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 144
INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER WHEN THE MACHINE WILL BE CONNECTED WITH A USB CABLE Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/2000*/XP*/Server 2003* * Administrator's rights are required to install the software. • The PS3 expansion kit is required to use the PS printer driver or the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 145
FAX DRIVER 7 Click the [Printer Driver] button. To view information on the software, click the [Display Readme] button. 11 When you are asked if you wish to install the display fonts, select an answer and click the [Next] button. 12 Follow the on-screen instructions. Read the message in the window - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 146
a Plug and Play window appears. 15 Installation of the PCL6 printer driver begins. When the "Found New Hardware Wizard" appears, select [Install the software automatically (Recommended)], click the [Next] button, and follow the on-screen instructions. If you are using Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 147
the PCL6 printer driver is using (USB001, etc.) and click the [Next] button. 11 When the printer driver selection window appears, remove the [PCL6] checkmark and click the [PCL5c], [PS] or [PPD] checkbox so that a checkmark ( ) appears, and then click the [Next] button. 18 • When the PC-Fax driver - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 148
Windows 98/Me, this is the port selected in [Print to the following port] on the [Details] tab.) ☞ CHANGING THE PORT (page 42) • If you installed the PS printer driver or the PPD driver, the PS display fonts can be installed from the "PRINTER UTILITIES" CD-ROM that accompanies the PS3 expansion kit - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 149
machine as a shared printer on a Windows network with the printer driver or the PC-Fax driver installed on a print server, follow the steps below to install the printer driver or the PC-Fax driver on the client computers. • Ask your network administrator for the server name and printer name of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 150
Fax driver, go to step 13. 12 If you are installing the PCL, the PS driver or the PPD driver, select the printer driver to be installed when the printer driver selection window appears and click the [Next] button. Be sure to select the same printer driver as the printer driver installed on the print - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 151
INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER USING THE STANDARD WINDOWS PS PRINTER DRIVER (Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0) If the PS3 expansion kit is installed on the machine and you wish to use the standard Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0 PS printer driver, follow the steps below to install the PPD driver using the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 152
the steps below to configure the printer driver. If the PPD driver is installed, see "When the PPD driver is installed" (page 25). X When the PCL printer driver or PS printer driver is installed 1 Click the [start] button and then click [Printers and Faxes]. In Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000, click the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 153
. If a user type name (1 to 7) was changed, enter the changed name. Set Tandem Print*: Enter the setting (the IP address of the slave machine) in "Tandem Connection Setting" in the system settings (administrator) of the machine. * "Set Tandem Print" can only be configured when the printer driver is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 154
X When the PPD driver is installed INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER 1 Click the [start] button and then click [Printers and Faxes]. In Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000, click the [Start] button, select [Settings], and then click [Printers]. 3 Configure the printer driver for the options - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 155
the machine is connected by a USB cable. • When printing to the machine using the IPP function. Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0*/2000*/XP*/Server 2003* * Administrator's rights are required to install the software. 1 Insert the "Software CD-ROM" into your computer's CD-ROM drive - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 156
. For the procedures for using the Printer Status Monitor, see the Help file. Follow these steps to view the Help file: Click the Windows [start] button, select [All Programs] ([Programs] in versions of Windows other than Windows XP/Server 2003), select [SHARP Printer Status Monitor] and then select - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 157
connected to a network. When the scanner driver is installed, PC scan mode of the image send function can be used. Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/2000*/XP*/Server 2003* * Administrator's rights are required to install the software. 1 Insert the "Software CD-ROM" into your computer's CD - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 158
of Windows other than Windows XP/Server 2003), select [SHARP MFP TWAIN K], and then select [Select Device]. 11 Click the [Add] button. INSTALLING THE SCANNER DRIVER 12 Select the IP address of the machine from the "Address" menu and click the [OK] button. • Be sure to ask your system administrator - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 159
to enable printing from a Macintosh and how to configure the printer driver settings. printer function cannot be used when the machine is connected with a USB cable. • The scanner driver and PC-Fax driver cannot be used in a Macintosh environment. MAC OS X (v10.3.3 TO 10.4) 1 Insert the "Software - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 160
"Authenticate" window appears, enter the password and click the [OK] button. 10 When the message "The software was successfully installed" appears in the installation window, click the [Close] button. This completes the installation of the software. Next, configure the printer driver settings. 31 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 161
of the fax function to print a higher quality image than a fax. If you wish to use the IPP function, follow these steps to configure the printer driver. (1) Select [Internet Printing Protocol] in "Printer Type" ("Protocol" in Mac OS X v10.4). Enter the address of the machine (IP address or domain - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 162
appears in the different language, change the language in the language menu. 10 When the message "The software was successfully installed" appears in the installation window, click the [Close] button. This completes the installation of the software. Next, configure the printer driver settings. 33 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 163
in place of the fax function to print a higher quality image than a fax. If you wish to use the IPP function, follow these steps to configure the printer driver. (1) Enter the address of the machine (IP address or domain name) in "Printer's Address". (2) Select [Sharp] in "Printer Model" and click - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 164
[Show Info] from the [Printers] menu. (3) (1) Select [Installable Options]. (2) Select the options that are installed on the machine. (3) Click the [Apply Changes] button. (4) Click to close the window. You can check the options that are installed on the machine by printing out the "All Custom - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 165
language, change the language in the language menu. 10 When the message "The software was successfully installed" appears in the installation window, click the [Close] button. This completes the installation of the software. Next, configure the printer driver settings. 11 Select [Applications - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 166
in place of the fax function to print a higher quality image than a fax. If you wish to use the IPP function, follow these steps to configure the printer driver. (1) Enter the address of the machine (IP address or domain name) in "LPR Printer's Address". (2) Select [Other] in "Printer Model". This - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 167
Menu. 9 Create a printer. (1) (2) 3 Double-click the [MacOS] folder. 4 Double-click the [Installer] icon ( ). 5 Click the [Install] button. 6 The License Agreement window will appear. Make sure . This completes the installation of the software. Next, configure the printer driver settings. 38 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 168
of step 12 to close the window. 15 Click the close box ( ) to close the "Chooser". This completes the configuration of the printer driver. You can install the screen fonts from the "PRINTER UTILITIES" CD-ROM that accompanies the PS3 expansion kit. See "INSTALLING THE PS DISPLAY FONTS" (page 40). 39 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 169
how to change the printer driver port in Windows. INSTALLING THE PS DISPLAY FONTS Fonts that can be used by the PS printer driver are contained on the "PRINTER UTILITIES" CD-ROM that accompanies the PS3 expansion kit. Install these fonts as needed for the PS printer driver. WINDOWS ENVIRONMENT - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 170
screen fonts are contained in the [Font] folder of the "PRINTER UTILITIES" CD-ROM that accompanies the PS3 expansion kit. Copy the fonts that you wish to install to the [System Folder] of the startup disk. If you experience problems that may be due to the installed screen fonts, immediately delete - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 171
environment, follow the steps below to change the port when you have changed the IP address of the machine or have installed the PC-Fax driver when the machine is connected with a USB cable. 1 Click the [start] button and then click [Printers and Faxes]. In Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000, click the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 172
] button. In Windows 98/Me, select [Other], [SC2 TCP/IP Port], and then click the [OK] button. CHANGING THE PORT 5 Create the new port. • The "SC2 TCP/IP Port" is added when the printer driver is installed using a "Standard installation", or a "Custom installation" with "LPR Direct Print" selected - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 173
- Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 174
- Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 175
Software Setup Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION Sharp Plaza, Mahwah, New Jersey 07430-1163. www.sharpusa.com SHARP ELECTRONICS OF CANADA LTD. 335 Britannia Road East, Mississauga, Ontario, L4Z 1W9 This manual has been printed using a - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 176
MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N Document Filing Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 177
6 • IMPORTANT POINTS WHEN USING DOCUMENT FILING 8 • USING DOCUMENT FILING IN EACH MODE . . . 9 BASE SCREEN OF DOCUMENT FILING MODE . . . 10 2 SAVING FILES WITH DOCUMENT FILING SAVING A FILE WITH "Quick File 11 SAVING A FILE WITH "File 13 • FILE INFORMATION 15 STORING A DOCUMENT ONLY (Scan to HDD - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 178
. When using the machine, read the appropriate manual for the feature you are using. Printed manuals Manual name Safety Guide Software Setup Guide Quick Start Guide Troubleshooting Facsimile Quick Reference Guide Contents This manual contains instructions for using the machine safely and lists the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 179
scanner function and the Internet Fax function. Document Filing Guide (This manual) This manual provides detailed explanations of the procedures for using the document filing function. The document filing function allows you to save the document data of a copy or fax job, or the data of a print - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 180
drive. The saved file can be called up and printed or transmitted as needed. Saving data as a file Calling up and using a saved file Scan Internet Fax Print Send Fax Print Copy Hard drive Scan to HDD Document information used in any of the modes is saved to the hard drive as a data file - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 181
filing The handout was saved using document filing All the numerous original pages must be scanned again. The scanned original pages are stored on the hard drive. The file can be called up at any time. Settings for job build, the ratio, and the color mode must all be selected again. Time - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 182
are created in the system settings. User Name The user name is configured in "User Registration" in the system settings (administrator). Custom Folder My Folder Custom Folders are created in "Document Filing Control" in the system settings. A password can be established when a Custom Folder - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 183
be stored by document filing Combined total number of pages and number of files that can be stored in custom folders and in the Main Folder Models Examples of original types Number of pages* Number of files MX-3501N MX-4501N Full color original (Text and photo) Size: 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) Black - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 184
: A password from 5 to 8 digits can be established to prevent others from using the file. The above information cannot be specified when a file is saved with Quick File. System Settings (Administrator): User Registration This is used to store user names. IMPORTANT POINTS WHEN USING DOCUMENT FILING - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 185
in print mode, select document filing in the printer driver. For more information on using document filing in print mode, see "CONVENIENT PRINTER FUNCTIONS" in the Printer Guide. Using document filing in PC-Fax/PC-I-Fax mode To use document filing in PC-Fax or PC-I-Fax mode, select document filing - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 186
server is stored or a USB memory device is connected to the machine. The same screen appears if the [DOCUMENT FILING] key is pressed twice. ☞ "DIRECTLY PRINTING FROM THE MACHINE" in the Printer Guide (5) [Quick File Folder] key Touch this key to call up a file from the Quick File Folder. When this - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 187
document filing mode. SAVING A FILE WITH "Quick File" When copying, printing or transmitting a document in copy mode, print mode, or image send mode document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Quick File] key. Full Color Color Mode copy mode. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 188
can be changed using "Message Time Setting" in the system settings (administrator). • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder tray, all using Quick File, the following user name and file name are automatically assigned to the file. User Name: User Unknown File Name: Mode_Month-Day - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 189
is explained below. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [File] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1.81/2x11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 190
settings and then press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). • When copying begins, the scanned document image is saved to the hard drive. The selected copy settings are also saved. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder tray, all pages are scanned - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 191
. In this case, this step is not needed. The user name must have been previously stored in "User Registration" in the system settings (administrator). (2) Touch the desired user name in the list Select user name. Cancel OK of user names that is displayed. Name 1 Name 2 1 25 Name 3 Name - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 192
File Information Cancel OK Confidential Password User Name Name 1 1 File Name file-01 Stored to: User 1 (1) (2) Enable the confidential property. (1) Select the [Confidential] checkbox so that a checkmark appears. Confidential mode is enabled and a password can be entered. (2) Touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 193
Color Mode (2) Job Detail Settings (3) Auto 81/2X11 Original Back (4) Special Modes (5) File Information (6) (1) [Color Mode] key Use this key to select the color mode when storing the document. the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 194
color mode, job detail settings, and the original size. See "ORIGINAL SETTINGS FOR "Scan to HDD"" (page 19). (2) Touch the [Special Modes] key. See "Special modes COLOR START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Scanning begins. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 195
red areas of the original are changed to the selected color; colors other than red are scanned in black. Red, green, blue, cyan, magenta, or yellow can be selected. [BLACK & WHITE START] key Mono 2 Grayscale Colors in the original are scanned in black and white. This mode is best for text-only - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 196
the settings, touch the [OK] key. (A) (3) Scan to HDD Exposure 1 Moiré Reduction Auto Manual 3 5 Text/ Prtd.Photo Text Printed Photo OK Text/Photo Photo Map (2) (1) (1) Select the appropriate exposure mode for the original type. Touch the appropriate original type key to select the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 197
x 14", 11" x 17" and 8-1/2" x 13", 11" x 17" and 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (A3 and B4, A3 and B5, A4 and B4, A4 and B5, B4 and A4R, B4 and A5, B5 and A4R, B5 and A5)) can be scanned. (6) [Slow Scan Mode] key Use this function when you wish to scan thin originals using the automatic document feeder. This - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 198
up a file stored by document filing and print or transmit the file. SEQUENCE user authentication procedures, see "USER AUTHENTICATION" in the User's Guide. For information on enabling user authentication and storing user names, see "User Control" in the System Settings Guide. Files stored by document - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 199
that has a password, a password entry screen appears. Enter the password (5 to 8 digits) for the file with the numeric keys. Touch the key of the operation that you wish to perform. Job Settings file-01 Select the job. Print Name 1 Send 81/2x11 Cancel F. Color Property Change • For detailed - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 200
has already logged in using a user number or login name and password. The explanation also assumes that "My Folder" was specified when the "User Registration" settings were configured in the system settings (administrator). Press the [DOCUMENT FILING] key. DOCUMENT FILING File Store Scan to HDD - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 201
If a password has been set for a Custom Folder, a password entry screen will appear when the folder is touched. The password must be for a file using a user name, file, or folder name. (4) [Back] key Touch this key to return to the base screen of document filing mode. (5) Index tabs All folders - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 202
Scan to HDD Back Copy Internet Fax Printer Fax Job All Files Filter by Job Batch Print Touch a mode key to show a list of the files that were stored from that mode. (9) [Batch Print] key Touch this key to print all files in a folder. ☞ BATCH PRINTING (page 30) (10) / keys Use these - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 203
Settings file-01 Select the job. Print Move Name 1 Send Delete 81/2x11 Cancel F. Color Property Change Detail (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (1) File display This shows information on the currently selected file (job icon, file name, user name, original size, and color mode). (2) [Cancel] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 204
, touch the [Main Folder] key. Enter password via the 10-key pad. CANCEL OK 4 User 1 File Name file-01 file-02 file-03.tiff All Files Search Back User Name Name 1 Date 1 1 08/01/2005 Name 2 08/01/2005 Name 3 08/01/2005 Filter by Job Batch Print Touch the key of the desired file. If - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 205
only the number of copies is changed in the stored settings. • The printing speed may be somewhat slow depending on the resolution and exposure mode settings of the saved file. PRINT SETTINGS SCREEN Job Settings / Print Cancel file-01 Name 1 81/2x11 F. Color (1) Auto Paper Select Number of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 206
Print User 1 All Files User Name Password Print and Delete the Data Print and Save the Data Cancel Change PRT.No. Delete the Data Touch the [User Name] key. (B) Select the user name. Batch Print Select user name. All Users Name 1 Name 3 User Unknown Name 2 Name 4 Cancel OK 1 Default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 207
OK If you do not wish to enter a password, go to the next step. Batch Print User 1 All Files User Name Name 1 Password Print and Delete the Data Print and Save the Data Cancel Change PRT.No. Delete the Data 5 Batch Print Change Print Number 1 (1 999) Cancel Cancel OK Apply the Number - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 208
change the transmission settings. 1 DOCUMENT FILING Press the [DOCUMENT password via the 10-key pad. CANCEL OK 4 User 1 File Name file-01 file-02 file-03.tiff All Files Search Back User Name Name 1 Date 1 1 08/01/2005 Name 2 08/01/2005 Name 3 08/01/2005 Filter by Job Batch Print - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 209
Job Settings file-01 Select the job. 5 Print Move Name 1 Send Delete 81/2x11 Cancel F. Color Property Change Detail Touch the [Send] key. Ready to send. Scan Mode Switch 6 Image Settings Send Settings file-01 AAA AAA F. Color Cancel Address Book Address Entry Select transmission - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 210
SCREEN" in the Scanner Guide. Example of scan mode (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Ready to send. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Send Settings file-01 Name 1 F. Color Cancel Address Book Address Entry (6) (1) [Mode Switch] key Use this key to select fax mode, scan mode, or Internet fax mode. (2) [Image - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 211
password must be entered to call up the file.) The icon appears with the mode icon in the file key of a confidential file. CHANGING THE PROPERTY 1 DOCUMENT FILING Press the [DOCUMENT (Administrator): User Registration If user authentication is enabled and "My Folder" is specified in "User - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 212
. Job Settings file-01 Select the job. 5 Print Move Name 1 Send Delete 81/2x11 Cancel F. Color Property Change Detail Touch the [Property Change] key. 6 Job Settings / Property Change file-01 Name 1 Sharing Cancel OK 81/2x11 F. Color Protect Confidential Password Touch the key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 213
Folder, touch the [Main Folder] key. Enter password via the 10-key pad. CANCEL OK 4 User 1 File Name file-01 file-02 file-03.tiff All Files Search Back User Name Name 1 Date 1 1 08/01/2005 Name 2 Name 3 08/01/2005 08/01/2005 Filter by Job Batch Print Touch the key of the desired file - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 214
8 digits) and touch the [OK] key. Enter password via the 10-key pad. CANCEL OK (2) Touch the [OK] key. 8 Job Settings / Move file-01 Name 1 Select the folder the file is moved to. File Name file-01 Move to: User 2 81/2x11 Cancel F. Color Move Touch the [Move] key. A file whose property - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 215
, touch the [Main Folder] key. Enter password via the 10-key pad. CANCEL OK 4 User 1 File Name file-01 file-02 file-03.tiff All Files Search Back User Name Name 1 Date 1 1 08/01/2005 Name 2 08/01/2005 Name 3 08/01/2005 Filter by Job Batch Print Touch the key of the desired file. If - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 216
Job Settings file-01 Select the job. 5 Print Move Name 1 Send Delete 81/2x11 Cancel F. Color Property Change Detail Touch the [Delete] key. When the [Delete] key is touched, a confirmation message appears. Touch the [Yes] key. Delete the file data? Name 1 file-01 No Yes A file whose - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 217
12/09 002/002 OK Detail Copy 13:27 12/09 003/003 OK Call Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Job Settings file-01 Select the job. 5 Print Move Name 1 Send Delete 81/2x11 Cancel F. Color Property Change Detail Touch the key of the operation that you wish to perform. The setting - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 218
a file. The search function of document filing mode can be used to find a file DOCUMENT FILING Press the [DOCUMENT FILING] key. File Store Scan to HDD 2 HDD Status Search File Retrieve File Folder Quick File Folder External Data Access Touch the [Search] key. 3 Search User Name Password - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 219
see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Search User Name Password File or Folder Name Name 1 Cancel File or Folder Name file-01 Cancel Search Again User Name Name 1 Date 1/1 08/01/2005 5 The [Cancel] Document Operations], [Document Filing], and then [Search] in the Web page menu. 43 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 220
steps below. 1 DOCUMENT FILING Press the [DOCUMENT FILING] key. User 1 File Name file-01 file-02 file-03.tiff All Files Search Back User Name Name 1 Name 2 Date 1 1 08/01/2005 08/01/2005 Name 3 08/01/2005 Filter by Job Batch Print Touch the [Search] key. 5 Search User Name Password - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 221
text entry screen that appears and touch the [OK] key. To enter text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Search User Name Name 1 Password File or Folder Name file-01 Search within Current Folder Cancel Start Search 7 Touch the [Start Search] key. To search only files that are in - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 222
Document Filing Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N MX4500-US-FIL-Z1 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 223
MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N Scanner Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 224
22 ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY 23 CALLING UP A DESTINATION FROM A GLOBAL ADDRESS BOOK 24 USING THE RESEND FUNCTION 26 3 BASIC PROCEDURE FOR TRANSMISSION IN SCAN MODE SCANNING TO E-MAIL, FTP, DESKTOP, AND NETWORK FOLDER 27 CHANGING THE EXPOSURE AND EXPOSURE MODE 31 CHANGING THE RESOLUTION 33 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 225
RECEIVED INTERNET FAX TO AN E-MAIL ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings 114 8 INTERNET FAX FUNCTIONS RECEIVING AN INTERNET FAX 115 • MANUALLY RECEIVING INTERNET FAXES . . 116 PRINTING FAXES RECEIVED TO MEMORY . . . . . 117 SENDING TWO PAGES AS A SINGLE PAGE (2in1 118 CHANGING THE PRINT SETTINGS FOR - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 226
the Internet fax function, the Internet fax expansion kit must be installed. • For information on installing the drivers and software cited in this manual, please refer to the Software Setup Guide and the manuals that are provided with the expansion kits. • To use the network scanner function, basic - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 227
is explained in "How to download the manuals in PDF format" in the Quick Start Guide. Manual name User's Guide Copier Guide Printer Guide Facsimile Guide Scanner Guide (This manual) Document Filing Guide System Settings Guide Contents This manual provides information, such as basic operation - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 228
For the procedures for installing the software, see the "Sharpdesk Installation Guide". *3 Transmission is possible to computers running the following operating systems: Windows 98/NT 4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003 *4 The scanner driver must be installed from the "Software CD-ROM" provided with the machine - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 229
AS A NETWORK SCANNER MAKE SURE key indicator light is blinking, the machine is in auto power shut-off mode. If the [POWER SAVE] key is pressed when the indicator is on Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 230
the sender Internet fax address in "Own Address". System Settings (Administrator): I-Fax Own Name and Address Set Use this setting to program the sender's name and sender's address. SETTINGS REQUIRED IN THE WEB PAGE In order to use the network scanner function, basic network scanner settings, server - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 231
Type] and then store the sender name and address. Internet fax mode: Click [Address Book] in the Web page menu, and click the [Add] button that appears. Select [Internet Fax] in [Address Type] and then store the sender name and address. The address can also be stored in the system settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 232
. The following window appears while the Network Scanner Tool is being set up. The item selected in "My Profiles" (C) will be the name of the one-touch key. Ready to send. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Send Settings (A) Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File (B) To - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 233
select the desired mode. DOCUMENT FILING IMAGE SEND PRINT READY DATA LINE DATA COPY SYSTEM JOB STATUS SETTINGS LOGOUT Ready to send. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Send Settings Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 234
(page 42) Internet fax mode: CHANGING THE SUBJECT, FILE NAME, AND MESSAGE (page 73) (10) Base screen of Internet fax mode (5) (1) (2) (3) (4) (12) Ready to send. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Send Settings Manual RX Resend (6) Address Book (7) Address Entry (8) Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 235
modes are selected (page 13) (11) [File Name] key Touch this key to store or change a file name. A file name previously stored in the Web pages can also be changed. (12) [Manual RX] key Touch this key to receive an Internet fax manually. ☞ MANUALLY RECEIVING INTERNET FAXES (page 116) This manual - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 236
Modes Address Book (4) Address Entry (5) Special Modes File (6) Quick File (1) [Exposure] key Touch this key to select the exposure for scanning. ☞ Scan mode: CHANGING THE EXPOSURE AND EXPOSURE MODE (page 31) USB memory mode: CHANGING THE EXPOSURE AND EXPOSURE MODE (page 50) Internet fax mode - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 237
in the Address Book screen. • System Settings (Administrator): Default Display Setting One of the following screens can be selected for the initial screen that appears when the [IMAGE SEND] key is pressed. • Base screen of each mode (scan mode, Internet fax mode and fax mode) • Address book screen - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 238
EEE EEE DDD DDD FFF FFF Global Address Search Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Tab Switch Address Type OK Change the display mode. ABC User All Group E-mail Internet Fax FTP/Desktop Fax (1) Touch the key of the mode or tab that you wish to display. 2 Network - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 239
a scanner driver to scan from a computer ☞ 9. SCANNING FROM A COMPUTER (PC SCAN MODE) (page 126) Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Send Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Resolution Auto 81/2x11 Original Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF File Format Special Modes Select original settings Address Book - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 240
a destination in a global address book. ☞ SPECIFYING DESTINATIONS IN THE ADDRESS BOOK (page 19) ☞ CALLING UP A DESTINATION FROM A GLOBAL ADDRESS BOOK (page 24) • [Address Entry] key: Manually enter an address for Scan to E-mail or Internet fax. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) • key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 241
(administrator). The factory default setting is "Inch-1". List of original size detector settings Selections Detectable original sizes Document glass Document feeder tray (automatic document feeder) Inch-1 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 11"R, 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" 11" x 17 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 242
Review Global Address Search Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address The Address Book screen shows the destinations of all modes of the image send function. Each one-touch key shows the name of the destination and an icon indicating the mode to be used. Icon Mode used Fax - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 243
Bcc] key appears in the Address Book screen. • System Settings (Administrator): Must Input Next Address Key at Broadcast Setting This setting determines whether or not the [Next Address] key can be omitted before specifying the next destination. Factory default setting: the [Next Address] key can be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 244
destination... Touch the one touch-key of the destination that you wish to cancel. A message will appear to confirm the deletion. Touch the [Yes] key. Address Review 001 AAA AAA 3 003 GGG GGG 005 III III To 002 BBB BBB 004 HHH HHH 006 JJJ JJJ Cc OK 1/2 Bcc Touch the [OK - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 245
• The search number is the number that was stored when the destination was stored in the address book. • If you do not know the search number, print the one-touch address list using "Sending Address List" in the system settings. • When entering search numbers such as "001" and "011", "0" can be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 246
Scan to E-mail and Internet fax can be entered manually. Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 1 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Change the mode. (1) Touch the [Mode Switch] key. (2) Touch the key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 247
or Internet fax transmission. Ready to send. Scan Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 1 Image Settings Send Settings Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To AAA AAA Cc Bcc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review Touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 248
Review Search Again Address Book (2) (1) Select the destination. (1) Touch the key of the desired destination. If there are more destinations than can be displayed in the screen, touch the keys to change pages. (2) Touch the [To] key. This enters the selected destination. If you wish to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 249
and can be selected to resend to those destinations. Ready to send. Scan Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 1 Image Settings Send Settings Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Resend] key. No.01 AAA AAA 2 No.03 CCC CCC No.05 EEE EEE No.07 GGG GGG - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 250
Scan to Network Folder). When a default address is configured in "Default Address Setting" in the system settings (administrator), the mode cannot be changed, the destination cannot be changed, and destinations cannot be added. If you wish to change the mode or destination, touch the [Cancel] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 251
Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Change to scan mode. (1) Touch the [Mode Switch] key. (2) Touch the [Scan] key. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Send Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 252
Settings (Administrator): Bcc Setting This setting enables or disables Bcc delivery. When enabled, the [Bcc] key appears in the Address Book screen. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Scanning begins. • If the original is placed on the document glass - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 253
Press the [STOP] key ( ) to cancel the operation. • System Settings (Administrator): Scan Settings Scanner transmission settings can be configured, including the default resolution and exposure settings, the default color mode and file format, the file compression method for broadcasting, the file - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 254
When using the automatic document feeder, the exposure setting cannot be changed once scanning has begun. (However, when the special mode "Job Build" is used, the exposure can be changed each time a new set of originals is inserted.) System Settings (Administrator): Default Exposure Settings This is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 255
exposure Exposure Auto 1 to 2 Manual 3 4 to 5 When to document with a photo pasted on. Use this mode for regular text documents. Use this mode to scan photos. This mode is best for scanning printed photographs, such as photos in a magazine or catalogue. This mode is best for scanning the color - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 256
the automatic document feeder, the resolution setting cannot be changed once scanning has begun. However, when the document glass or the "Job Build" special mode is used, the resolution can be changed each time a new original or set of originals is placed. System Settings (Administrator): Initial - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 257
AN ORIGINAL (2-Sided Original) The automatic document feeder can be used to automatically scan both sides of an original. Scan transmission Two-sided original Front and reverse sides are scanned Scan Mode Switch Image Auto Exposure Mono2/Auto Color Mode Settings 200X200dpi PDF/PDF 1 Send - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 258
Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Settings Send Auto Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File In the above screen, the scan size (the placed original) is 8-1/2" x 11 set Transmission to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (B5) 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) The image is reduced to 5-1/2" x - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 259
to change the scan size, touch the [Original] key to specify the original size manually. Place the original in the document feeder tray or on the document glass and follow the steps below. Specifying the size using paper sizes Scan Mode Switch Image Auto Exposure Mono2/Auto Color Mode Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 260
can be from 2-1/2" to 11-5/8" (64 mm to 297 mm). Scan Mode Switch Image Auto Exposure Mono2/Auto Color Mode Settings 200X200dpi PDF/PDF 1 Send Settings Resolution Auto 81/2x11 File Format Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Display - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 261
is specified by numerical values. Scan Mode Switch Image Auto Exposure Mono2/Auto Color Mode Settings 200X200dpi PDF/PDF 1 Send Settings Resolution Auto 81/2x11 File Format Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Display the original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 262
START] key ( ) is pressed. (3) Touch the [OK] key. • System Settings (Administrator): Default Color Mode Settings The default color mode can be changed. • System Settings (Administrator): Disable Change of B/W Setting in Auto Mode This prohibits selection of the black and white original scanning - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 263
number of pages per file can be changed. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF Send Settings Resolution File Format 1 Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Display the format - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 264
Medium High B/W Color/Gray Specified Pages per File 1 (1-99) To change the number of password (maximum of 32 characters) and touch the [OK] key. Scanning and transmission will begin. System Settings (Administrator): Initial File Format Setting This sets the default file format setting for scanner - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 265
[Network Scanner Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) • For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Ready to send. Scan Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 1 Image Settings Send Settings Resend Address Book Address Entry - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 266
change address book for "Reply-To". 6 You can also touch the [Address Entry] key to directly enter an e-mail address. • To specify the return address, touch the key and enter one of the user numbers that have been previously stored using "User Registration" in the system settings (administrator - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 267
. • System Settings (Administrator): The Number of File Name/Subject/Body Keys Displayed Setting This is used to select the number of subjects and file names displayed in one screen (3 or 6). • System Settings: Default Sender Set This is used to store the sender name and e-mail address that is used - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 268
your dealer or retailer for USB memory devices that can be used. • When a default address is configured in "Default Address Setting" in the system settings (administrator), the mode cannot be changed. To switch to USB memory mode, touch the [Cancel] key in the touch panel and then follow the steps - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 269
document feeder with an object underneath may damage the original size detector plate and prevent correct detection of the document size. Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry 3 (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 270
SIDES OF AN ORIGINAL (2-Sided Original) (page 53), SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SCAN SIZE AND SEND SIZE (Enlarge/Reduce) (page 54), CHANGING THE COLOR MODE (page 58), CHANGING THE FILE FORMAT (page 59), 7. CONVENIENT FUNCTIONS (page 83) USB Mem. Scan Original Scan Size Auto 81/2x11 2-Sided Booklet - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 271
/send size can be changed for each original page that is scanned. Place next original. (Pg.No.x) Press [Start]. When finished, press [Read-End] Read-End Touch the [Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that the operation is completed. Open the automatic document feeder and remove the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 272
data." and the [Cancel] key appear in the touch panel. To cancel the storing operation, touch the [Cancel] key. • System Settings (Administrator): Scan Settings This is used to set the default color mode and file format. • System Settings (Administrator): Disable Scan Function The use of PC scan - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 273
When using the automatic document feeder, the exposure setting cannot be changed once scanning has begun. (However, when the special mode "Job Build" is used, the exposure can be changed each time a new set of originals is inserted.) System Settings (Administrator): Default Exposure Settings This is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 274
exposure Exposure Auto 1 to 2 Manual 3 4 to 5 When to document with a photo pasted on. Use this mode for regular text documents. Use this mode to scan photos. This mode is best for scanning printed photographs, such as photos in a magazine or catalogue. This mode is best for scanning the color - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 275
produce a sharp and clear document feeder, the resolution setting cannot be changed once scanning has begun. However, when the document glass or the "Job Build" special mode is used, the resolution can be changed each time a new original or set of originals is placed. System Settings (Administrator - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 276
(2-Sided Original) The automatic document feeder can be used to automatically scan both sides of an original. Scan transmission Two-sided original Front and reverse sides are scanned USB Mem. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF File Name - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 277
. Scan Scan Mode Switch Image Settings 81/2x11 File Name Send Auto Special Modes In the above screen, the scan size (the placed original) is 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) Size" "Send Size" is set to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (B5) 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) Transmission The image is reduced to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (B5) before - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 278
to specify the original size manually. Place the original in the document feeder tray or on the document glass and follow the steps below. Specifying the size using paper sizes USB Mem. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF File Name Resolution - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 279
64 mm to 432 mm), and the length can be from 2-1/2" to 11-5/8" (64 mm to 297 mm). USB Mem. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Mono2/Auto Color Mode Settings (Administrator): document feeder is used, an original longer that 17" (432 mm) can be scanned (maximum length 31 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 280
Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF 1 File Name Resolution Auto 81/2x11 File Format Special Modes Original (1) (2) Special Modes AB Inch OK Original Auto 51/2x81/2 81/2x11R 11x17 Manual 51/2x81/2R 81/2x13(216x330) 81/2x11 81/2x11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 281
START] key ( ) is pressed. (3) Touch the [OK] key. • System Settings (Administrator): Default Color Mode Settings The default color mode can be changed. • System Settings (Administrator): Disable Change of B/W Setting in Auto Mode This prohibits selection of the black and white original scanning - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 282
files, the number of pages per file can be changed. USB Mem. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X200dpi Mono2/Auto Color Mode PDF/PDF File Name Resolution File Format 1 Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original Special Modes Display the format setting screen. (1) Touch the [Image - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 283
Medium High B/W Color/Gray Specified Pages per File 1 (1-99) To change the number of password (maximum of 32 characters) and touch the [OK] key. Scanning and transmission will begin. System Settings (Administrator): Initial File Format Setting This sets the default file format setting for scanner - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 284
Settings File Name Send Auto Special Modes Touch the [File Name] key. A text entry screen will appear. Enter the file name and touch the [OK] key. Up to 54 characters can be entered. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. The entered file name will appear - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 285
5 BASIC PROCEDURE FOR TRANSMISSION IN INTERNET FAX MODE SENDING A FAX IN INTERNET FAX MODE When a default address is configured in "Default Address Setting" in the system settings (administrator), the mode cannot be changed, the destination cannot be changed, and destinations cannot be added. To - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 286
key. Touch each key to change the settings. ☞ CHANGING THE EXPOSURE (page 65), CHANGING THE RESOLUTION (page 66), Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 5 Image Settings Send Settings Manual RX Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 287
/send size can be changed for each original page that is scanned. Place next original. (Pg.No.x) Press [Start]. When finished, press [Read-End] Read-End Touch the [Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that the operation is completed. Open the automatic document feeder and remove the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 288
When using the automatic document feeder, the exposure setting cannot be changed once scanning has begun. (However, when the special mode "Job Build" is used, the exposure can be changed each time a new set of originals is inserted.) System Settings (Administrator): Default Exposure Settings This is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 289
CHANGING THE RESOLUTION The resolution setting can be selected. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X100dpi TIFF-F Send Settings Resolution File Format 1 Manual RX Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 290
The automatic document feeder can be used to automatically scan both sides of a two-sided original. Scan transmission Two-sided original Front and reverse sides are sent Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X100dpi TIFF-F Send Settings Resolution File Format 1 Manual RX - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 291
as the send size. Ready to send. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Settings Manual RX Send Auto Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File In the above screen, the scan size (the placed original) is 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) and the send size is auto. For - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 292
feeder tray or on the document glass and follow the steps below. Specifying the size using paper sizes Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X100dpi TIFF-F Send Settings Resolution File Format 1 Manual RX Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 293
can be from 2-1/2" to 11-5/8" (64 mm to 297 mm). Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X100dpi TIFF-F Send Settings Resolution File Format 1 Manual RX Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Display the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 294
11"R (A4R).) Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X100dpi TIFF-F Send Settings Resolution File Format 1 Manual RX Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes when sending an image with a changed ratio, a suitable image may not - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 295
not support full mode (it only supports simple mode), follow the steps below to select [TIFF-S]. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure 200X100dpi TIFF-F Send Settings Resolution File Format 1 Manual RX Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Original (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 296
Scanner Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) • For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Ready to send. Internet Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 1 Image Settings Send Settings Manual RX Resend Address Book - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 297
Text To change the message, touch the [Body Text] key. Body Entry Clear All OK Thank you for your continuous support. We have subject and file name in the Web page, up to 80 characters can be entered. System Settings (Administrator): The Number of File Name/Subject/Body Keys Displayed Setting - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 298
mode JOB STATUS Address Broadcast0001 Set Time Pages Status 10:00 11/01 000/003 Connecting Job Queue 1/1 Complete AAA AAA BBB BBB CCC CCC 10:05 11/01 000/001 Waiting 10:22 11/01 000/004 Waiting 10:30 11/01 000/010 Waiting Detail Priority Stop/Delete Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 299
key ((2) below). Job queue screen (1) Address Set Time Pages Status Broadcast0001 10:00 11/01 000/003 Connecting 1/1 AAA AAA 10:05 11/01 000/001 Waiting BBB BBB 10:22 11/01 000/004 Waiting CCC CCC 10:30 11/01 000/010 Waiting Print Job Scan to Fax Job Job Queue (2) Complete Detail - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 300
job keys that appear in the job status screen. AAA AAA 10:22 11/01 000/004 Waiting (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (1) Displays the number ( Mode" The job is being re-attempted due to a communication error or other problem. "Stopping" The job has been stopped. "Report Wait" An Internet fax - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 301
or there was no attached file, and thus printing was not possible. An Internet fax was sent from a party that is blocked. Transmission/reception was not successful because a communication error occurred (a 6-digit error code appears in xxxxxx. An error occurred while the job was being executed. 78 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 302
to the job queue of the job status screen of scan mode. • Received Internet fax is printed When reception is completed, the job moves to the completed jobs screen and "In Memory" appears. When printing ends, the status changes to "Printed" and the job is completed. In addition, the job is added - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 303
document filing function. Touch the key of the job for which you wish to display information in the completed jobs screen and touch the [Detail] key. The job detail screen (see below) will appear. Detail of Broadcast0001 Address 002 BBB BBB 010 CCC CCC Start Time 10:01 11/01 10:10 11/01 Status - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 304
(1) Touch the mode key of the job to be AAA AAA 10:05 11/01 000/005 Waiting Detail stopped. 2 BBB BBB CCC CCC 10:22 11/01 000/004 Waiting 10:30 11/01 000/010 Waiting Priority Stop/Delete (2) Touch the key of the job to be stopped. Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (3) Touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 305
key. 1 Address Broadcast0001 Set Time Pages Status 10:00 11/01 000/010 11/01 000/005 Waiting 10:22 11/01 000/004 Waiting Detail Priority (1) Touch the mode key of the job to be given CCC CCC 10:30 11/01 000/010 Waiting Stop/Delete priority. 2 Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 306
image can be sent to multiple scan mode destinations (Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP, Scan to Desktop), Internet fax mode destinations, and fax mode destinations in a single operation. Up to group key. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 307
Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. (2) (1) Specify the destination. To AAA AAA CCC CCC EEE EEE Cc Bcc BBB BBB DDD DDD FFF FFF Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review Global Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 308
JJJ JJJ No Yes Address Review 001 AAA AAA 003 GGG GGG 005 III III To 002 BBB BBB 004 HHH HHH (2) OK 1/1 Cc Bcc (3) Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Scanning begins. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder tray, all pages are - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 309
fax mode and a high resolution setting is selected in scan mode, the resolution will be changed to [200X200dpi]. File compression mode The compression mode will be changed to the compression mode set in "Compression Mode at Broadcasting" in the system settings (administrator). Color scanning - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 310
10:30 11/01 000/010 Waiting Stop/Delete (2) Touch the [Complete] key. 2 Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (1) (2) (1) If the broadcast transmission included destinations of different modes, the same broadcast transmission key will appear in each of those modes. Address Start Time - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 311
original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Select the mode that you wish to use - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 312
Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Settings Send Auto 6 Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) • When scanning to USB memory, there is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 313
the document feeder tray, all pages are scanned. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning is finished. • If you are scanning the original on the document glass, scan each page one page at a time. 8 When scanning of one page finishes, replace it with the next page and press the [COLOR START - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 314
image 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) x 2 pages • When using dual page scan, the original must be placed on the document glass. • The send size cannot be changed. • When using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine before performing the procedure below. 1 Mode Switch Scan Fax Image - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 315
Image Settings Scan 11x17 Send Settings Send Auto 5 Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) • When scanning to USB memory, there - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 316
, place the next two open pages and press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & WHITE fax destination, press the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). To cancel scanning... Press the [STOP] key ( ) to cancel the operation. To erase shadows caused by the binding of a book or other bound document - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 317
original face up in the document feeder tray, or face 1 1 down on the document glass. Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Select the mode that you wish to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 318
Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Auto Send Settings 6 Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) You can touch the key to display - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 319
address book, touch the [Global Address Search] key and specify the address. ☞ CALLING UP A DESTINATION FROM A GLOBAL ADDRESS BOOK (page 24) Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Scanning begins. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 320
original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Select the mode that you wish to use - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 321
Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Settings Send Auto 6 Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) • When scanning to USB memory, there is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 322
document feeder tray, all pages are scanned. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning is finished. • If you are scanning the original on the document glass, scan each page one page at a time. 8 When scanning finishes, place the next original and press the [COLOR If the color mode setting of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 323
procedure below. Place the original face down on the document glass. 1 Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Select the mode that you wish to use. (1) Touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 324
size to the default size, touch the Color Mode PDF/PDF File Format Special Modes Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) • To change - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 325
address book, touch the [Global Address Search] key and specify the address. ☞CALLING UP A DESTINATION FROM A GLOBAL ADDRESS BOOK (page 24) Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key 8 ( ) to scan the front side of the card. If the destination is an Internet fax - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 326
the way into the document feeder tray. The stack must not be higher than the indicator line. Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Select the mode that you wish - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 327
Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Settings Send Auto 5 Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) • When scanning to USB memory, there is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 328
the next set of originals and press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or the 101 or [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Press the [START] key pressed in step 7. 8 Repeat until all originals have been scanned. The exposure and resolution can be changed between sets of originals. Place next original - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 329
in the document feeder tray: 11" x 17" and 11" x 17" (A3) 8-1/2" x 14", 11" x 17" and 8-1/2" x 13", 11" x 17" and 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (A3 and B4, A3 and B5, A4 and B4, A4 and B5, A4R and B5, B4 and A4R, B4 and A5, B5 and A5) Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 330
screens. keys to switch through If you selected Internet fax mode, go to the 3rd screen. (2) Touch the [ Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 331
be used. (except when using the MX-3501N/4501N) To cancel the mixed size original setting... Touch the [Mixed Size Original] key in the screen of step 4 so that it is not highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Original Feeding Mode The original feeding mode can be set to always scan mixed - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 332
procedure below. Insert the originals face up in the document feeder tray. Adjust the original guides slowly. 1 1 If the originals are inserted with too much force, they may crumple and misfeed. Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 333
Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Settings Send Auto 5 Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 23) • When scanning to USB memory, there is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 334
, suppose 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size documents are scanned into a file and sent to each using "Address Control" in the system settings. See "Storing a program" in the System Settings Guide. Image send mode: Scan, Internet fax • Destinations • Original settings: Exposure, resolution • Special modes: Erase - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 335
the original in the document feeder tray or on the document glass as appropriate for the functions stored in the 1 1 program. Ready to send. Scan Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Send Settings Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 336
pages in the document feeder tray, all pages are scanned. 6 A beep will sound to indicate that scanning is finished. • If you are scanning the original on the document glass, scan each page one page at a time. When scanning finishes, place the next original and press the [COLOR START] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 337
received Internet faxes directly to an e-mail address without printing the Internet faxes. The machine Forwarding Received Internet fax To configure inbound routing settings, click [Application Settings] and then [Inbound Routing Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 338
machine has run out of paper or toner, received Internet faxes can be forwarded to and printed by another previously stored Internet fax machine. • System Settings (Administrator): I-Fax Default Settings These settings determine the handling of received faxes when the [POWER] key ( ) is "off" (the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 339
(2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Change to Internet fax mode. (1) Touch the [Mode Switch] key. (2) Touch the [Internet Fax] key. Ready to send. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Send Settings 2 Manual RX Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 340
in the touch panel. The password entry screen will reappear when you touch the blinking key ( ) or change modes. • The received faxes will be retained in memory regardless of whether they were received automatically or manually. If a transaction report is set to print when a fax is received, the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 341
be used when the originals are larger than 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size. • When placing the originals, orient them as explained below. Originals 1 Portrait orientation Document feeder tray Place the original face up. Document glass Place the originals face down. 1 1 1 2 Landscape orientation - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 342
Manual RX Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Change to Internet fax mode. (1) Touch the [Mode Switch] key. (2) Touch the [Internet Fax] key. Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key. Internet Fax OK Special Modes - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 343
. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Auto Send Settings 7 Manual RX Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 344
feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax 2 Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry (1) (2) Ready to send. Internet Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 3 Image Settings Send Settings Manual RX Address Book - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 345
. Internet Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Auto Send Settings 6 Manual RX Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To directly enter a destination address, touch the [Address Entry] key. ☞ ENTER THE ADDRESS MANUALLY (page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 346
Administrator): Transaction Report Print Select Setting This is used to set the conditions for printing transaction reports. The factory default settings for printing are indicated by below. Single Sending: Print Out All Report/ Print Out Error Report Only /No Printed Report Broadcasting: Print - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 347
or there was no attached file, and thus printing was not possible. FAIL xx (xxxx) The transaction failed due to a communication error. First two digits of communication error number: Error code from 00 to 99. Last four digits of communication error number: Code for use by service technicians. 124 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 348
machine as an Internet fax (PC-I-Fax function). Internet faxes are sent using the PC-I-Fax function in the same way as documents are printed. Select the PC-Fax driver as the printer driver for your computer and then select the Print command in the software application. Image data for transmission - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 349
in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax Send Settings USB Mem. Scan 2 (1) PC Scan Data Entry (2) Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Change to PC Scan mode. (1) Touch the [Mode Switch] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 350
[At your computer] 3 Start the TWAIN-compliant application on your computer and select [Select Scanner] from the [File] menu. 4 (1) 5 Select the scanner driver of the machine. (1) Select [SHARP MFP TWAIN K]. (2) Click the [Select] button. (2) Select [Acquire Image] from the [File] menu. The - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 351
"Web Pages", "Photo", "FAX" or "OCR" depending on the original type and your scanning purpose. If you wish to change the initial settings of any open scanner driver Help. button in the preview image screen in step 7 to • If the [Preview] button is clicked when scanning from the document feeder - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 352
using the orientation that appears in the preview window. [Image Size] button: Click this button has already been specified, the entered numbers will change the area relative to the top left corner button to open scanner driver Help. • If the originals are placed in the document feeder tray, only - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 353
[At the machine] This machine is in the PC scan mode. Do not remove the original. 9 Scanner IP address:250.160.102.106 Exit PC scan in progress. Finish PC scan mode? 10 No Yes Touch the [Exit] key in the touch panel. Touch the [Yes] key. 130 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 354
Scanner Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N MX4500-US-SCN-Z2 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 355
Printer Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 356
ABOUT THIS MANUAL 3 • MANUALS PROVIDED WITH THE MACHINE . . . 4 PRINTER FUNCTION OF THE MACHINE 5 1 PRINTING FROM WINDOWS BASIC PRINTING PROCEDURE 6 • SELECTING THE PAPER 8 PRINTING WHEN THE USER AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION IS ENABLED 9 VIEWING PRINTER DRIVER HELP 11 SELECTING THE COLOR MODE 12 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 357
PDF FILE 54 5 CHANGING THE JOB QUEUE GIVING A PRINT JOB PRIORITY / CANCELING A PRINT JOB 55 • GIVING A PRINT JOB PRIORITY 55 • CANCELING A PRINT JOB 56 CHANGING TO ANOTHER PAPER SIZE AND PRINTING WHEN PAPER RUNS OUT 57 6 PRINTER DRIVER SPECIFICATIONS PRINTER DRIVER SPECIFICATION LIST 58 2 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 358
indicated: MX-2300/2700 series: MX-2300N, MX-2700N MX-3500/4500 series: MX-3500N, MX-3501N, MX-4500N, MX-4501N • Considerable care has been taken in preparing this manual. If you have any comments or concerns about the manual, please contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. • This - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 359
machine maintenance. Copier Guide Printer Guide (This manual) This manual provides detailed explanations of the procedures for using the copy function. This manual provides detailed explanations of the procedures for using the printer function. Facsimile Guide Scanner Guide Document Filing Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 360
is available if it is desired to use the Windows standard PS printer driver. To install the PPD file, see the Software Setup Guide.) The explanations in this manual of printing in a Windows environment generally use the PCL6 printer driver screens. The screens may vary slightly depending on the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 361
how to print a document from "WordPad", which is a standard accessory program in Windows. Select [Print] from the [File] menu of WordPad. 1 The menu used to execute printing may vary depending on the software application. Open the printer driver properties window. (1) Select the printer driver of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 362
other tabs, click the desired tab and then select the settings. (3) Click the [OK] button. (3) Click the [Print] button. Printing begins. In Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0, click the [OK] button. 4 The print job is delivered to the output tray, with the position of the paper offset slightly from the previous - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 363
Selection" setting on the [Paper] tab of the printer driver properties window. Before printing, check the paper sizes, paper types, and paper default) is enabled in the system settings (administrator), printing will not take place if the paper size or paper type specified in the printer driver - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 364
the authentication method being used, so check with the administrator of the machine before printing. Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The button - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 365
is installed and the Windows standard PS printer driver is used. For this reason, printing will not be possible if printing by invalid users is prohibited in the system settings (administrator). * The PPD file enables the machine to print using the standard PS printer driver of the operating system - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 366
the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The button that is used to open the printer driver properties window (usually [Properties] or [Printing Preferences - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 367
for a presentation are printed using black toner only. This mode helps conserve color toner when you do not need to print in color, such as when proofreading or checking the layout of a document. When [Automatic] is selected in the PCL6, PCL5c, or PS printer driver Print data that includes images - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 368
] checkbox on the [Main] tab so that a checkmark appears . The [Black and White Print] checkbox on the [Main] tab and the "Color Mode" setting on the [Color] tab are linked together. When the [Black and White Print] checkbox is selected on the [Main] tab, [Black and White] is also selected on the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 369
result 2-Sided (Book) 2-Sided (Tablet) The pages are printed so that they can be bound at the side. The pages are printed so that they can be bound at the top. Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 370
Select 2-sided printing. (1) Select [2-Sided(Book)] or [2-Sided(Tablet)]. (2) Click the [OK] button. 2 (1) (2) 3 Start printing. 15 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 371
or A3 The explanation below assumes that you intend to print a letter size document on ledger size paper. Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 372
(2) 2 Select Fit to Page. (1) Click the [Paper] tab. (2) Select the paper size of the print image (for example: Letter). (3) Select [Fit To Paper Size]. (4) Select the actual paper size to be used for printing (for example: Ledger). (5) Click the [OK] button. (3) (4) (5) 3 Start printing. 17 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 373
the same as 4-Up. The order can be viewed in the print image in the printer driver properties window. Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The button - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 374
Select N-Up Printing. (1) Select the number of pages per sheet. (2) If you wish to print borderlines, click the [Border] checkbox so that a checkmark appears. (3) Select the order of the pages. (4) Click the [OK] button. 2 (1) (2) (3) (4) 3 Start printing. 19 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 375
staple function can also be used in combination with 2-sided printing to create materials with a more sophisticated appearance. Stapling time. • When the finisher is disabled in the machine's system settings (administrator), the staple function and punch function cannot be used. • When the staple - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 376
the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The button that is used to open the printer driver properties window (usually [Properties] or [Printing Preferences - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 377
selected. When the settings are completed, return to the print window and begin printing. ☞ BASIC PRINTING PROCEDURE (Page 6) For details on printer driver settings used for each printing function, view printer driver Help. CONVENIENT FUNCTIONS FOR CREATING PAMPHLETS AND POSTERS CREATING A PAMPHLET - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 378
edges can be created (overlap function). Selecting the settings: (This function can be used when the PCL6 or PS printer driver is used.) The settings are on the [Paper] tab. Select the [Poster Printing] checkbox and click the [Poster Settings] button. Select poster settings. Select the number of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 379
the image to be rotated 180 degrees so that it can be printed correctly on paper that can only be loaded in one orientation to enlarge a small image. When using the PS printer driver, you can set the width and length percentages separately to change the proportions of the image. (XY-Zoom) - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 380
be reversed to create a mirror image. This function can be used to conveniently print a design for a woodblock print or other printing medium. B Selecting the settings: (This function can be used when the PS printer driver is used.) The settings are on the [Advanced] tab. Select the Mirror Image - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 381
COLOR MODE ADJUSTMENT FUNCTION ADJUSTING THE BRIGHTNESS AND CONTRAST OF THE IMAGE (Color Adjustment) The brightness and contrast can be adjusted in the print settings when printing a photo or other image. These settings can be used for simple corrections when you do not have image editing software - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 382
printer driver type. The PS printer driver also allows you to select the Black Overprint function, which prevents whitening of the outline of black text, and the CMYK Simulation function, which allows you to perform color adjustment to obtain a result similar to that of the process color ([Default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 383
text can be added to the background of the printed image as a watermark. The size, color, density, and angle of the watermark text can be the pull-down menu. You can click the [Edit] button to edit the font color and select other detailed settings. If you wish to create a new watermark... Enter the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 384
the image can be adjusted. This feature can be used to "stamp" the print data with a frequently used image or an icon of your own creation. MEMO MEMO Selecting the settings: (This function can be used when the PCL6 or PS printer driver is used.) The settings are on the [Watermarks] tab. Select the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 385
file aaabbbccc 1-2-3 Overlay file The settings are on the [Advanced] tab. Configure the printer driver settings from the software application used to create the overlay file. Click the [Edit] button. Print with an overlay file Create an overlay file. Click the [Create Overlay] button and - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 386
in "Special Option". • The functions that are available vary depending on the printer driver type. PRINTING SPECIFIED PAGES ON DIFFERENT PAPER (Different Paper) The front and back cover and specified pages of a document can be printed on paper that is different from the other pages. Use this - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 387
film from sticking together by inserting a sheet of paper between each sheet of film. It is also possible to print the same content on each inserted sheet of paper as is printed on the corresponding sheet of transparency film. AB C Selecting the settings: The settings are on the [Paper] tab - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 388
a different paper tray. For example, if carbon copy print is selected when standard paper is loaded in tray 1 and colored paper is A loaded in tray 2, a print result similar to a carbon copy slip can be obtained by selecting the print command only once. As another example, if standard paper - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 389
on the tabs in a software application, use [Tab Paper Settings] on the [Advanced] tab of the printer driver properties window to specify how far the text needs to be shifted for tab printing. Selecting the settings: Printing tab data created in the printer driver (PCL6 only) The settings are on - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 390
making it possible to shorten the printing time when printing a large number of sets. To use Tandem Print, the IP address of the slave machine configured in "Tandem Connection Setting" of the machine's system settings (administrator) must be configured in the printer driver. This can be accomplished - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 391
Hold After Print] only. • When [Quick File] is selected, the password entered in "Retention Settings" is cleared and cannot be used. • To store a file in a custom folder, the custom folder must first be created using "Document Filing Control" in the system settings (administrator). If a password has - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 392
as user settings. Saving frequently used settings or complex color settings under an assigned name makes it easy to select those settings the next time you need to use them. SAVING SETTINGS AT THE TIME OF PRINTING Settings can be saved from any tab of the printer driver properties window. Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 393
settings can be saved. • The following items cannot be saved in user settings. • A watermark that you created • Paper insertion settings • Overlay file • [Tab Paper Print] settings on the [Paper] tab (PCL6 only) • The login name, password, user name, and job name entered in the [Job Handling] tab 38 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 394
] button. 1 (1) (2) The button that is used to open the printer driver properties window (usually [Properties] or [Printing Preferences]) may vary depending on the software application. Select the print settings. (1) Select the user settings that you wish to use. (2) Click the [OK] button - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 395
become the default settings when printing from a software application. (Settings selected in the printer driver properties window when printing from an application remain in effect only while the application is in use.) Click the [start] button and then click [Printers and Faxes]. In Windows 98/Me - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 396
Click the [Printing Preferences] button on the [General] tab. In Windows 98/Me, click the [Setup] tab. 3 Configure the settings and click the [OK] button. For explanations of the settings, see printer driver Help. 4 41 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 397
the PS3 expansion kit must be installed and the machine must be connected to a network. To install the PPD file and configure the printer driver settings, see the Software Setup Guide. SELECT PAPER SETTINGS Select paper settings in the printer driver before selecting the print command. Select [Page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 398
("xxxxxx" is a sequence of characters that varies depending on the machine model.) • The print window varies depending on the operating system version, the printer driver version, and the application. Select print settings. Click next to [Copies & Pages] ([General] in Mac OS 9.0 to 9.2.2) and select - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 399
Click the [Print] button. Printing begins. 4 The print job is delivered to the output tray, with the position of the paper offset slightly from the previous job (other than the right tray). 44 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 400
in the print settings window. • When [Auto Select] is selected A tray with plain paper or recycled paper (the factory default setting is plain default) is enabled in the system settings (administrator), printing will not take place if the paper size or paper type specified in the printer driver - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 401
select [User Authentication]. 2 (2) • The machine name that appears in the "Printer" menu is normally [SCxxxxxx]. ("xxxxxx" is a sequence of characters that varies depending on the machine model.) • The print window varies depending on the operating system version, the printer driver version - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 402
available. For this reason, printing will not be possible if printing by invalid users is prohibited in the system settings (administrator). System Settings (Administrator): Disable Printing by Invalid User This is used to prohibit printing of print jobs by users whose user information is not stored - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 403
without using the printer driver. DIRECTLY PRINTING A FILE ON AN FTP SERVER When an FTP server is configured in the machine's Web page, you can specify and print a file on the FTP server from the operation panel of the machine. This saves you the trouble of downloading the file and printing it from - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 404
Name] key) to change the order of the files Print Cancel file-01.tiff Auto Number of Prints 5 Paper Select B/W Print 1 (1 999) Output Quick File 2-Sided Print (1) (2) Print the selected file. (1) Select print conditions. If you selected a file (PCL or PS) in step 4 that includes print - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 405
can be printed from the operation panel of the machine without using the printer driver. When the printer driver of the print the file directly. Connect the USB memory device to the machine. 1 Consult your dealer for USB memory devices that can be used. 2 DOCUMENT FILING Press the [DOCUMENT - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 406
you touch the key. Print Cancel file-01.tiff Auto Paper Select Output B/W Print Quick File Number of Prints 1 (1 999) 2-Sided Print 6 (1) (2) Print the selected file. (1) Select print conditions. If you selected a file (PCL or PS) in step 5 that includes print settings, the settings will - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 407
Settings] in the Web page menu, enable FTP Print in "FTP Print Settings from Client PC", and configure the port number. (Administrator rights are required.) • Performing FTP Print Type "ftp://" and then the IP address of the machine in the address bar of your computer's Web browser as shown below - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 408
text (message) of the e-mail, printing will take place according to the "Printer Default Settings" in the system settings. If you printed a file (PCL or PS) that includes print settings, the settings will be applied. • To print PDF and PS files, the PS3 expansion kit must be installed. • Only enter - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 409
the [Job Queue]. When both a master password and a user password (which is used to open the file) have been set, enter the master password. • To print an encrypted PDF file using the printer driver, enter the password when opening the file on your computer. • Printing is not possible if you do not - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 410
Priority Stop/Delete Give the desired job priority. (1) Touch the [Print Job] key. (2) Change the print job status mode to [Job Queue]. Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Touch this key to change modes. The selected mode will be highlighted. (1) (3) (2) (4) 2 (3) Touch the key of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 411
Cancel the job. (1) Touch the [Print Job] key. (2) Change the print job status mode to [Spool] or [Job Queue]. Print Job (1) Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (3) (2) (4) Touch this key to change modes. The selected mode is highlighted. (3) Touch the key of the print job that you wish to cancel - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 412
of the job for which "Paper Empty" appeared. Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (2) Touch the [Detail] key. (1) (2) Detail of Computer01 020/000 OK Paper Empty Data : file-01.tiff 3 Color / B/W: Full Color Document Style: 2-Sided (Book) 81/2x11R Paper: Plain Paper Select Output - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 413
6 PRINTER DRIVER SPECIFICATIONS PRINTER DRIVER SPECIFICATION LIST Driver selections Frequently used functions Paper Convenient printer functions Copies Orientation N-Up Printing Order Border Duplex Fit To Page Binding Edge Black and White Print Staple*6 Punch*6 Paper Size Custom - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 414
Driver selections PCL6 PCL5c PS Windows PPD*1 Macintosh PPD*1 Special Different Paper Yes Yes Yes No Yes*10 functions Transparency Inserts Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Carbon Copy Yes Yes Yes No No Tab Printing Yes Yes Yes No No Tandem Print Yes Yes Yes No Yes*5,11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 415
Printer Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N MX4500-US-PRT-Z2 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 416
MODEL: MX-FXX1 Facsimile Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 417
TABLE OF CONTENTS w ABOUT THIS MANUAL 4 • MANUALS PROVIDED WITH THE MACHINE . . . 4 1 BEFORE USING FAX MODE BASE SCREEN OF FAX MODE 6 • BASE SCREEN OF FAX MODE 7 • ADDRESS BOOK SCREEN 10 FAX TRANSMISSION SEQUENCE 11 2 BASIC TRANSMISSION METHODS TRANSMISSION METHODS 13 • PLACEMENT ORIENTATION - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 418
97 • PRINTING A DOCUMENT STORED IN THE PUBLIC BOX 99 • DELETING A DOCUMENT FROM THE PUBLIC BOX 100 FORWARDING RECEIVED FAXES (Fax Data Forward 101 SENDING A FAX DIRECTLY FROM A COMPUTER (PC-Fax 103 FORWARDING A RECEIVED FAX TO AN E-MAIL ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings 104 8 PERFORMING F-CODE - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 419
SURE THAT THE MAIN POWER IS ON 125 • CHANGING THE SENDER FAX NUMBER . . . . 125 • CHECKING THE DATE AND TIME 126 • Fax Polling Security 185 List Print (Administrator 186 Enable/Disable Settings 187 11 SYSTEM SETTINGS FOR FAX System Settings 127 Accessing the System Settings (General 128 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 420
/2700 series: MX-2300N, MX-2700N MX-3500/4500 series: MX-3500N, MX-3501N, MX-4500N, MX-4501N • Considerable care has been taken in preparing this manual. If you have any comments or concerns about the manual, please contact one of the SHARP service centers listed in the Safety Guide. • This product - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 421
using the scanner function and the Internet Fax function. Document Filing Guide This manual provides detailed explanations of the procedures for using the document filing function. The document filing function allows you to save the document data of a copy or fax job, or the data of a print job - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 422
] key to select fax mode. DOCUMENT FILING IMAGE SEND PRINT READY DATA LINE DATA COPY SYSTEM JOB STATUS SETTINGS LOGOUT Example: switching from scanner mode to fax mode Ready to send. Scan Mode Switch Image Settings Send Settings Resend Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 423
the key is touched. ☞ CALLING UP A FAX NUMBER FROM THE ADDRESS BOOK (page 36) (11) [Sub Address] key Touch this key to enter a sub-address and passcode for F-code transmission. ☞ F-CODE DIALING (page 107) (12) Customized keys These three keys can be changed to show any three settings or functions - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 424
Fax (administrator). Example: When the Dual Page Scan, Erase, and Address Review keys are selected as the customized keys. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Dual Page Scan Erase Address Review - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 425
Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Function Review Erase : Edge:1/2inch Center:1/2inch Timer Job Build : Day of the Week:Monday Time:21:30 On OK 1/3 The special mode settings cannot be changed from the function review screen. To change - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 426
☞ BASE SCREEN OF FAX MODE (page 7) (11) (7) [Address Review] key Touch this Fax (Administrator): The Number of Direct Address Keys Displayed Setting (page 176) This is used to change the number of one-touch keys displayed in the Address Book screen. • System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 427
document feeder tray of the automatic document feeder, or on the document glass. 1 Mode Switch Scan Fax Image Settings Internet Fax Send Settings USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Data Entry Change the mode. Address Book Address Entry Special Modes File Quick File Change to fax mode. Touch the [Mode - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 428
File] key to select the document filing function. Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Enter the destination fax number • [Address Book] key: Select a destination that is stored in the Address Book or look up a destination in a global address book. ☞ CALLING UP A STORED - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 429
transmission is selected and multiple originals are placed in the automatic document feeder (and the line is free), transmission will begin as soon , the transmitted fax is stored when the document filing function is used. ☞ Document Filing Guide System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Quick On - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 430
FEEDER TO SEND A FAX IN DIRECT TRANSMISSION MODE (page 19), USING THE DOCUMENT GLASS TO SEND A FAX IN DIRECT TRANSMISSION MODE (page 23) 1 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Transmission 1 Fax Memory:100% • When transmission in direct transmission mode ends, the mode automatically changes - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 431
" (A4) B4 A4 Reduced size B4 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11"R (A4R) A4R 1 : 0.84 1 : 0.71 1 : 0.84 Ratio System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Auto Reduction Sending Setting (page 180) The factory default setting is automatic reduction enabled. If this setting is disabled, the image will be sent - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 432
document feeder 8-1/2" (width) x 5-1/2" (length) (A5: 210 mm (width) x 148 mm (length)) 5-1/2" (width) x 8-1/2" (length) (A5R: 148 mm (width) x 210 mm (length)) Using the document glass 2-5/8" (width) x 2-5/8" (length) (64 mm (width) x 64 mm (length)) Maximum original size 11" (width) x 31 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 433
IN PROGRESS OR A RESERVED FAX (page 55) System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Recall in Case of Communication Error (page 182) This is used to set the number of recall attempts and the interval between attempts when a transmission fails due to an error. The factory default setting is attempt at - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 434
automatic document feeder and the document glass cannot both be used to scan the original pages. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Send Auto 2 (3) (2) Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 435
way into the document feeder tray. The stack height must not be higher than the indicator line. Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 436
, Quick File, Two-Sided Scanning • Resending will not take place when a direct transmission is not successful due to a communication error or other reason. • If a fax transmission is already in progress when the direct transmission operation is performed, the direct transmission will wait until the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 437
automatic document feeder and the document glass cannot both be used to scan the original pages. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Send Auto 2 (3) (2) Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 438
scanned. 4 • The resolution and exposure can be changed for each original that is scanned. • If no Read-End] key. A beep sounds. Open the automatic document feeder and remove the original. 5 • When scanning is completed ] key is pressed. • If a fax is being received when the transmission operation - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 439
document feeder with an object underneath may damage the original size detector plate and prevent correct detection of the document size. Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 440
Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File (1) 3 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review is not successful due to a communication error or other reason. • If a fax transmission is already in progress when the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 441
original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 442
the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 When the document glass is used, only one page can be transmitted. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Send Auto Memory TX 2 Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 443
that includes an F-code (sub-address and passcode) cannot be used. • A one-touch key that has multiple destinations or has a non-fax destination cannot be used. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Speaker Settings (page 178) The default volume level of "Speaker" can be changed in the "Speaker - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 444
document feeder, the resolution setting cannot be changed once scanning has begun. • When a fax is sent at [Ultra Fine], [Super Fine], or [Fine] resolution, a lower resolution will be used if the receiving machine does not have that resolution. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Initial - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 445
using the automatic document feeder, the exposure setting cannot be changed once scanning has begun. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Default Exposure Settings (page 175) This is used to change the default exposure setting. Exposure settings Exposure Auto 1 to 2 Manual 3 4 to 5 How - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 446
Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File For example, if an 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size original is placed and the send size is set to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (B5), the image will - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 447
Modes Auto Reception Original Fax Memory:100% (1) (2) Address Book Sub Address Special Modes . Fax Original Auto Manual Manual AB the [Long Size] key. The automatic document feeder must be used for a long original scan size. Fax Original Scan Size 51/2x81/2 100% - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 448
81/2x11 Special Modes Auto Reception Original Fax Memory:100% (1) (2) Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Input Touch the [Size Input] tab. Fax Original Auto Manual 4 Manual OK (2 1/2 17) X 17 inch (2 1/2 11 5/8) Y 11 inch Standard Size Size Input (1), (2) - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 449
81/2x11 Special Modes Auto Reception Original Fax Memory:100% (1) (2) Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File key. 2 2-Sided Booklet Image Orientation 2-Sided Tablet Fax Original Auto AB Inch OK 51/2x81/2 81/2x11R 11x17 Manual 51/2x81/2R 81/2x13(216x330) 81/2x11 81 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 450
the document. Transmission Two-sided original Front and back are sent as two pages Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Auto Exposure Standard 1 Memory TX Direct TX Resolution Auto 81/2x11 Special Modes Auto Reception Original Fax Memory:100% (1) (2) Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 451
/2x11 Send Auto Pause Next Address Address Book Sub Address Touch the [Pause] key. A hyphen "-" is entered when the [Pause] key is touched once. Memory TX Special Modes Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% File Quick File System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Pause Time Setting (page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 452
135) • To use a custom index, change the Address Book display. ☞ CHANGING THE INDEX (page 40) System Settings for Fax: Address/Program This is used to store destinations (names and fax numbers) in the Address Book. ☞ Storing a One-touch (Individual) Key for Fax (page 135), Storing a Group Key (page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 453
Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. The address book screen will appear. To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review Touch the index tab of the first - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 454
Settings 1/1 Address Review Global Sub Address Touch the [Address Review] key. Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Address Review 001 CCC CCC wish to cancel. Touch the [Yes] key in the confirmation screen. Address Review 001 CCC CCC 3 003 HHH HHH 005 JJJ JJJ To 002 GGG - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 455
Address Book screen to show only one-touch keys that have fax destinations stored or one-touch keys that have multiple destinations stored. The procedure for selecting destinations does not change. To Cc AAA AAA BBB BBB 1 CCC CCC EEE EEE DDD DDD FFF FFF Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 456
FFF Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review Global Address Search Touch the [Sort Address] key. Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Tab Switch Address Type OK All E-mail Internet Fax ABC 2 User Group FTP/Desktop Fax Network Folder (1) (2) Change to the custom - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 457
Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Address Book] key. To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review Touch the [Global Address the User's Guide. • How to search Enter the initial letters of the name (maximum of 64 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 458
Cc 0123456789 9876543210 0612345678 Detail Condition Settings Address Review Search Again Address Book Select the destination. (1) Touch the key a fax number. • If no names are found that match the search letters, a message will appear. Touch the [OK] key in the message to change the screen - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 459
Address Book can be called up using the base screen of fax mode or in the Address Book screen. key. This can be done in the Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode number, print the one-touch address list using "Sending Address List" in the system settings for fax. ☞ Sending Address List (page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 460
telephone service Country code Area code Number of other party Number to be dialed XXX 00 XX XXXX Entry Using the numeric keys XXX Pause Using a onetouch key B System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Pause Time Setting (page 178) This is used to set the length of pauses. The default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 461
for Fax: Fax Receive Settings This is used to change the fax reception mode. "Auto Reception" should normally be used. Select "Manual Reception" when an extension phone is connected to the machine. ☞ Fax Receive Settings (page 160) • System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Anti Junk Fax Setting - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 462
for Fax (Administrator): Number of Calls in Auto Reception (page 182) This is used to change the number of rings on which fax reception begins automatically. To receive faxes without the machine ringing, select "0" rings except for some regions. The fax is automatically printed. 2 • If a password - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 463
-key. Cancel To print a received fax, enter the password that is programmed for this function (4 digits) with the numeric keys. To close the password entry screen without entering a password, touch the [Cancel] key. The password entry screen will appear again if the mode is changed. In addition - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 464
the key in fax mode JOB STATUS Address Broadcast0001 Set Time Pages Status 10:00 11/01 000/003 Connecting Job Queue 1/1 Complete Broadcast0002 10:05 11/01 000/001 Waiting AAA AAA 10:08 11/01 000/004 Waiting 0312345678 10:30 11/01 000/010 Waiting Detail Priority Stop/Delete Print Job Scan - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 465
11/01 001/001 Printed Detail 0323456789 10:30 11/01 001/001 Send OK Call Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (2) (8) (9) (6) (6) Mode switch keys Use these keys to change the job status screen mode jobs, and completed jobs that used the document filing function. Touch the key of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 466
Mode icon This indicates the type of job. Icon Job type Fax transmission Fax reception Broadcast transmission or serial polling PC-Fax re-attempted due to a communication error or other problem. "Stopping" The job is put on stop-wait when a reserved fax job is canceled. The day and - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 467
jobs in the job status screen. CCC CCC 10:08 11/01 000/001 Printed (1) (2) (3) (1) Mode icon This indicates the type of job. Icon Job type Fax transmission Fax reception Broadcast transmission or serial polling PC-Fax transmission (2) Name of other party For a transmission, the name or - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 468
. ☞ FORWARDING A RECEIVED FAX TO AN E-MAIL ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings) (page 104) • Received fax is not printed "Receiving" appears in the job queue screen while the fax is being received. When reception is completed, the job moves to the job queue of the status screen of the mode in which - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 469
This shows information on destinations for which communication failed. A broadcast control number (3-digits) appears in front of each destination. Address: The name or fax number of the destination. Start Time: The time when communication began. Status: The status of communication. All Destinations - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 470
, and jobs that used document filing. Touch the key of the desired job in the completed jobs screen and touch the [Detail] key. The job detail screen (see below) will appear. Detail of Broadcast0001 Address 002 DDD DDD 010 EEE EEE Start Time 10:01 11/01 10:10 11/01 Status NG000000 NG000000 OK - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 471
. Address Broadcast0001 Set Time Pages Status 10:00 11/01 000/010 Connecting Broadcast0002 10:05 11/01 000/005 Waiting AAA AAA 10:08 11/01 000/001 Waiting 0312345678 10:30 11/01 000/001 Stopping Job Queue 1/1 Complete Detail Priority Release Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 472
000/001 Waiting (1) Touch the key of the desired job. 2 0312345678 10:30 11/01 000/001 Waiting Priority Stop/Delete (2) Touch the [Priority] key. Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax The selected job moves up to the position immediately (1) (2) following the job in progress. The job - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 473
OK P.01/01 FILE SG3 2697 • System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Transaction Report Print Select Setting (page 179) This is used to set the conditions for printing transaction reports. The factory default settings are printing at below. Single Sending: Print Out All Report/ Print Out Error - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 474
:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key. Fax Special Modes Transaction Report 2 Polling Memory Box (2) Own Name Select OK 2/3 (1) Display the transaction report print settings screen. (1) Touch the the screens. keys - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 475
column and take appropriate action if the result is an error. Examples of messages that are printed in the result column Message OK G3 ECM SG3 FW communication error number: Error code from 00 to 99. (2) Last four digits of communication error number: Code for use by service technicians. A fax was - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 476
also be printed manually. For more information, see "List Print (Administrator)" (page 186). System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Activity Report Print Select Setting (page 179) This is used to set the condition for printing activity reports. The factory default setting is not printed. The Image - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 477
and take appropriate action if the result is an error. Examples of messages that are printed in the result column Message Explanation OK G3 ECM error number: Error code from 00 to 99. (2) Last four digits of communication error number: Code for use by service technicians. A fax was - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 478
used to dial, the number of fax numbers that are dialed is the number of destinations that are stored in the group key. When a group key that has ten destinations is used, ten fax numbers are dialed. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 479
81/2x11 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File (1) (3) (2) CCC CCC 0123456789 To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Pause 1/1 Next Address Condition Settings Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global 2 EEE EEE - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 480
Address Review 001 AAA AAA 003 CCC CCC 005 EEE EEE To 002 BBB BBB 004 DDD DDD Cc OK 1/1 (3) 5 To cancel scanning... Press the [STOP] key ( ). Press the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Scanning begins. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder fax destinations. In this case, the image - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 481
job status screen of fax mode does not appear, touch the Broadcast0002 10:05 11/01 000/001 Waiting 2 AAA AAA 10:08 11/01 000/004 Waiting Detail Priority [Fax Job] key. 0312345678 10:30 11/01 000/010 Waiting Stop/Delete Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Address Start Time Pages - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 482
Guide Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 483
Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker (1) Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File 5 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 484
in the document feeder tray, all pages are scanned. 6 A beep will sound to indicate that scanning is finished. • If you are scanning the original on the document glass, scan is finished. ☞ GIVING PRIORITY TO A RESERVED FAX JOB (page 56) To cancel timer transmission... Touch the [Cancel] key in the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 485
the original can be placed in the document feeder tray, place it face up. Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 486
Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker (1) Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File 5 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 487
( ). Scanning begins. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder tray, all pages are scanned. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning also use a reduction or an enlargement setting, the erase width will change according to the selected ratio. For example, if the erase width - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 488
as two pages. Original scan size 11" x 17" (A3) x 1 page Transmitted image 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) x 2 pages • When using dual page scan, the original must be placed on the document glass. • The send size cannot be changed. 1 Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 11x17 Auto 2 Image Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 489
Switch Image Settings Scan 11x17 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker (1) Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File 4 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 490
caused by the binding of a book or other bound document, use the erase function. (Note, however, that "Center Erase" and "Edge + Center Erase" cannot be used.) • This function cannot be used in combination with the following functions: 2in1, Card Shot, Job Build Mode, Mixed Size Original To cancel - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 491
original pages and wish to reduce the number of pages sent. Originals (portrait) Transmission 1 2 Originals (landscape) 1 2 Transmission 1 2 1 2 This function cannot be used in direct transmission mode or when the speaker is used to dial. 75 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 492
1 Document glass (Place each original face down.) Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key. Fax Special - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 493
Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker (1) Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File 6 (3) (2) To Cc AAA AAA BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 494
(card) face down on the document glass. 1 Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key. Fax Special Modes Program 3 Timer Erase 2in1 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 495
default size Modes (1) 5 (2) Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File (3) Fax Original Scan Size 100% Send Size OK X 3 3/8 Y 2 1/8 Auto 5 1/2 x8 1/2 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet Image Orientation Changing the original scan size and send size. If you do not need to change - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 496
Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker (1) Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File 6 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 497
simple operation. For example, suppose that the same 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size documents are distributed to branch offices in various regions once a month. (1) The same documents are faxed to each branch office (2) To save paper, two document pages are faxed as a single page (3) Smudges on the edges of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 498
the automatic document feeder or the document glass depending on the functions stored in the program. 1 1 Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 499
81/2x11 Send Auto 5 Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Special Modes File Quick File Select additional settings. WHITE START] key ( ). Scanning begins. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder tray, all pages are scanned. 6 A beep will sound to indicate that scanning is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 500
Page numbers appear in the format "page number / total pages". Only the page number is printed when manual transmission or quick online transmission is used. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Date/Own Number Print Position Setting (page 180) This is used to set the position where the sender - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 501
81/2x11 Auto 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key. Fax OK Special Modes Transaction Report 2/3 Own Name Select 2 Polling Memory Box (2) (1) Touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 502
be placed together in the document feeder tray: 11" x 17" and 11" x 17" (A3) 8-1/2" x 14", 11" x 17" and 8-1/2" x 13", 11" x 17" and 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (A3 and B4, A3 and B5, A4 and B4, A4 and B5, A4R and B5, B4 and A4R, B4 and A5, B5 and A5) Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 11x17 Auto - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 503
Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker (1) Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File 4 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review sided scanning cannot be used. (except when using the MX-3501N/4501N.) • This function cannot be used in combination with - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 504
feeder tray. Adjust the document guides slowly. 1 1 If the originals are inserted with too much force, they may crumple and misfeed. Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 505
Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker (1) Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File 4 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 506
way into the document feeder tray. The stack must not be higher than the indicator line. Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 507
Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker (1) Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File 4 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review face up. Insert the originals all the way into 101 the document feeder tray. The stack must not be higher than 6 the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 508
prepared document is transmitted. Make sure that an original is not placed in the machine when using the polling reception function. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 509
Auto Speaker (1) Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File (3) (2) To Cc 3 AAA AAA CCC CCC BBB BBB DDD DDD Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Enter the fax number of the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 510
TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Speaker] key. Telephone mode. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Fax Receive Speaker Volume Fax Memory:100% 2 Speaker Resend Address Book Special Modes File Quick File - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 511
0312345678 Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Fax Receive Speaker Volume Fax Memory:100% 4 Fax Special Modes Transaction Report Speaker Resend Address Book Special Modes File Quick File (1) Own Name Select OK 2/3 Polling Memory Box (3) (2) Receive the fax. (1) Touch the [Special Modes] key. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 512
your machine is called "Polling Memory". Prior to polling, the document that will be faxed to the other machine must be scanned into the memory box for fax, and then enable polling security. Up to 10 fax numbers can be stored as polling passcode numbers. • System Settings for Fax (Administrator): - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 513
original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 514
81/2x11 Auto 7 Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Memory Box List Select image settings and special modes. To select image settings (exposure Scan Mode, Own Name Select. Press the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Scanning begins. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder tray, - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 515
steps below to print the document. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key. Fax OK Special Modes Transaction Report 2/3 Own - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 516
BOX Delete a document from the public box when it is no longer needed. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key. Fax OK Special - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 517
Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Fax Data Receive/Forward] key. 3 System Settings Fax Data Receive/Forward Fax Receive Settings Fax Data - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 518
transmission was canceled or an error occurred, the fax will be held in memory until it can be printed. • All faxes received are forwarded. Note, however, that faxes received to an F-code confidential memory box cannot be forwarded. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Set the Telephone Number - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 519
can be transmitted via the machine as a fax. Faxes are sent using the PC-Fax function in the same way as documents are printed. Select the PC-Fax driver as the printer driver for your computer and then select the Print command in the software application. Image data for transmission will be created - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 520
can be used to forward received faxes directly to an e-mail address without printing the faxes. The machine Forwarding Received fax To configure inbound routing settings, click [Application Settings] and then [Inbound Routing Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) • The - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 521
manufacturers that also support F-code communication. F-CODE COMMUNICATION Exchange of confidential documents (confidential communication), the F-code Memory box for F-code communication Fax number of other machine + F-code Sub-address: AAAAAAAA Passcode: XXXXXXXX Box name: BBBB Sub-address: - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 522
function can be used, special memory boxes must be created using "F-Code Memory Box" in the system settings for fax. A box name and F-code (sub-address and passcode) are programmed in each box, and an F-code communication function is assigned to each box. After you have created a memory - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 523
destination machine does not have a passcode configured in the F-code, do not enter a passcode when dialing that machine. • F-code communication cannot be performed when using the speaker or performing manual transmission. System Settings for Fax: Address/Program This is used to store and edit one - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 524
for sending sensitive documents that you do not wish people other than the recipient to see, or when the receiving machine is shared by multiple departments. To print an F-code confidential fax, the print passcode must be entered. Sender Receiver Transmission with an F-code Sub-address: AAAAAAAA - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 525
F-code to the fax number. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker Resend Address Book - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 526
F-code. To print the received fax, enter the print passcode. The machine rings and the fax is Beep received. 1 A beep sounds when reception ends. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 527
to verify the passcode, contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Departmemt. System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Transaction Report Print Select Setting (page 179) This setting can be used to have a transaction report printed automatically when an F-code confidential fax is received. 111 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 528
document feeder or on the document glass when using this function. • The receiving machine bears the phone charges of the transmission. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 529
Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File (1) 3 (3) (2) To AAA AAA Cc BBB BBB Condition Settings 1/1 Address Review CCC CCC DDD DDD Global EEE EEE FFF FFF Sub Address Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 530
original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to send. Fax Scan Send Mode Switch 81/2x11 Auto 2 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 531
Fax OK Special Modes Transaction Report 2/3 Own Name Select 3 Polling Memory Box (2) (1) Select memory box. (1) Touch the the screens. keys to switch through (2) Touch the [Memory Box] key. Memory Box Cancel Polling Memory Confidential 4 Reception Data Store Print Data Delete - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 532
the original pages in the document feeder tray, all pages are scanned. • If you are scanning the original on the document glass, scan 8 each page If other documents have already been stored in the memory box, the document is added to the previously stored documents. • The factory default setting - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 533
F-code memory polling box (public box) by printing it out. A document in a memory box cannot be printed while the document is being transmitted. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 534
while the document is being transmitted. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch 1 Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Special Modes] key. Fax OK Special Modes Transaction Report - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 535
relay machine) bears the cost of sending the fax to each of the end receiving machines. System Settings for Fax: F-Code Memory Box This is used to create memory boxes (relay broadcast) for F-code relay broadcast transmission. A memory box name, sub-address, passcode, and end receiving machines are - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 536
face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Scan 81/2x11 Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Send Auto Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Special Modes File Quick File (1) 2 (3) (2) To - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 537
the sub-address and passcode of the memory box (relay broadcast) in your machine. • The end receiving machines are programmed in the F-code relay support F-code communication. • The other machine (the machine that requests a relay broadcast transmission) only bears the cost of sending the fax to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 538
connect an existing extension phone to the machine. The phone can be used for voice calls and to start fax reception on the machine. As an example, you can make a phone call using the existing phone, speak the jack on your extension phone, contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. 122 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 539
Fax: Fax Receive Settings To use remote fax reception, set this setting to "Manual Reception". ☞ Fax Receive Settings (page 160) • System Settings for Fax (Administrator): Remote Reception Number Setting (page 179) This is used to change the number used for remote fax reception. The factory default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 540
is moved. CONNECTIONS AND SETTINGS AFTER THE MACHINE IS MOVED If the machine is moved to a different location or the fax number changes, check the following items and change the following settings: Telephone line connection, telephone line type setting, check the main power, check the date and time - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 541
you are using. Your telephone line type can also be set manually. System Settings for Fax (Administrator) : Dial Mode Setting (page 178) After setting the dial mode, do not change the setting unless you have a specific reason for changing it. MAKING SURE THAT THE MAIN POWER IS ON The main power - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 542
Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Default Settings] key. System Settings Default Settings 3 Display Contrast Clock - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 543
/reception settings for fax Settings for administrators • Administrator password To maintain security, the administrator of the machine should promptly change the password after the machine is purchased. (For the factory default administrator password, see "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 544
pages of this chapter. System settings screen (factory default state) System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Setup Items - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 545
your login name / E-mail address / password. User Authentication OK Login Name User Name E-mail Address Password Auth to: Server 1 Login name, password and E-mail address Enter your user number. OK User number Admin Login • Check with your administrator for the user information that is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 546
for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. If a password has not been established, this step is not necessary. Go to step 4. Please enter your login name / password. User Authentication Login Name User Name AAA AAA Password Auth to: Login Locally Touch the [OK] key. OK - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 547
numeric keys. Each entered digit will be displayed as " ". Enter your user number. Touch the [OK] key. OK 2 Admin Login • When an user number is set to a 8-digit number, this step is not necessary. (When an user number is entered, login will take place automatically.) • This completes the login - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 548
settings. Item ■ List Print (User) ● Sending Address List X Individual List X Group List X Program List X Memory Box List X All Sending Address List ■ Address Control ● Direct Address/Program X Individual Fax • Search Number • Name • Initial • Index • Fax No. • Key Name • Mode X Group Search - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 549
Factory default setting X Program Program Name - Settings • Address - • Resolution - • Exposure - • Special Modes - X Modify / Delete - ● F-Code Memory Box X Store Polling Memory • Box Name - • Sub Address - Confidential • Box Name - • Sub Address - • Print PIN - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 550
Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [List Print (User)] key. 3 System Settings List Print (User) All Custom Setting List Printer Test Page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 551
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 552
the name. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. 7 Direct Address / Individual E-mail Internet Fax Search Number 001 Name AAA AAA Initial Fax No. Index Next Fax Exit 1/2 Enter initials. (1) Touch the [Initial] key. (2) Enter initials on the text - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 553
The entered pause appears as a hyphen "-". • To enter an F-code (sub-address and passcode)... 11 (1) Enter the destination fax number with the numeric keys. (2) Touch the [Sub Address] key. "/" appears. (3) Enter the sub address with the numeric keys (maximum of 20 digits). (4) Touch the [Sub - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 554
completed. Name AAA AAA Initial A Index User 1 Fax No. 0123456789 Exit 1/2 Touch the keys to switch through the screens. 13 Direct Address / Individual E-mail Internet Fax Next Fax Search Number 001 Registration is completed. Key Name AAA AAA Mode 33.6 kbps/None Exit 2/2 Check - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 555
15 Direct Address / Individual E-mail Internet Fax Next Fax Search Number 001 Registration is completed. Key Name AAA AAA Mode 33.6 kbps/None Exit 2/2 Touch the [Exit] key. If you wish to store another from Operation Panel" (page 177) in the system settings for fax (administrator). 139 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 556
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 557
. User 1 User 2 User 3 User 4 User 5 Do you register this address at the [Frequent Use], too? Yes No Exit OK User 6 Select the index. (1) Touch the key of the desired index. (2) Touch the [OK] key. • One of the upper row of keys, [User 1] to [User 6] (the names can be changed) can be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 558
11 Direct Address / Group Search Number 001 Group Name BBB BBB Initial B Index User 1 Key Name BBB BBB Next Registration is completed. Address 3 Addresses Exit Check the key name. If you need to change from Operation Panel" (page 177) in the system settings for fax (administrator). 142 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 559
Direct entry Direct Address / Group Select address. AAA AAA BBB BBB E-mail Internet Fax OK Direct Entry Address Review CCC CCC Fax Frequent Use ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Sort Address Checking addresses Direct Address / Group Select address to deselect. Group Name : BBB BBB 001 AAA AAA - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 560
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 561
program you require. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings 7 (1) (2) Cancel OK Address Book Address Review Special Modes Select settings for the 75) (2) Touch the [OK] key. To change to another mode... Touch the [Mode Switch] key and then the key of the mode that you wish to store in the program. 8 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 562
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 563
CCC CCC Settings Address Exposure Special Modes 13 5 Erase Delete Exit 4 Addresses Resolution Text Standard Direct Address / Modify/Delete E-mail Internet Fax Delete Fax Search Number 001 Name AAA AAA Initial A Fax No. 0123456789 Index User 1 Exit 1/2 Delete the address? AAA AAA - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 564
specified as an end receiving machine in an F-code relay broadcast transmission. ☞ Editing and Deleting F-code Memory Boxes (page 157) • The key is specified as a forwarding destination as explained in "FORWARDING A RECEIVED FAX TO AN E-MAIL ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings)" (page 104). If the key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 565
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 566
the name. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Touch the [Sub Address] key. F-Code Memory Box / Polling Memory Next Exit No.001 Sub Address / Passcode Cancel OK Enter the sub address / passcode via the 10-key pad,then press [OK]. 000000 / 111111 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 567
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 568
001 Box Name Sub Address Print PIN 5 6 F-Code Memory Box / Confidential No.001 Box Name Confidential RX Sub Address Print PIN Next Exit Next User's Guide. Touch the [Sub Address] key. F-Code Memory Box / Confidential Next Exit No.001 Sub Address / Passcode Cancel OK Enter the sub address - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 569
the event that you forget the Print PIN or need to verify the Print PIN, contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. 10 F-Code Memory Box / Confidential No.001 Registration is completed. Box Name Confidential RX Sub Address 000000 / 111111 Print PIN 0000 Next Exit Touch the [Exit - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 570
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 571
the name. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. Touch the [Sub Address] key. F-Code Memory Box / Relay Broadcast Next Exit No.001 Sub Address / Passcode Cancel OK Enter the sub address / passcode via the 10-key pad,then press [OK]. 000000 / 111111 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 572
in the system settings for fax (administrator), direct entry will not be possible. (1) Touch the [Direct Entry] key. (2) Enter fax number with the numeric keys. (3) Touch the [OK] key. • To check the addresses that have been entered, touch the [Address Review] key in the address selection screen. To - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 573
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 574
Example: Editing/deleting a memory box for polling memory F-Code Memory Box / Polling Memory No.001 Box Name Polling Memory Sub Address 000000/111111 Delete Exit 6 To edit the box... Touch the key of the item that you wish to change and then change the item in the same way as you programmed it. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 575
Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Address Control] key. 3 System Settings Address Control Direct Address / Program F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 576
phone and begin fax reception manually. SYSTEM Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key. 1 SETTINGS 2 System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 577
Settings Printer Condition Settings Admin Password Exit Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Admin Password] key. 3 System Settings Admin Password Cancel OK Enter the administrator password.(From - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 578
User Control Energy Save Operation Settings 2/3 Device Control Copy Settings Network Settings Printer Settings Image Send Settings Document Filing Settings 4 (A) System Settings List Print (Administrator) Storing/Calling of System Settings Security Settings Change Administrator Password - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 579
for the login method, [E-mail Address] will appear under the [Login Name] key shown at left. (2) Touch the [Admin Login] key. (3) Touch the [Password] key and enter the administrator password. For the procedure for entering text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. (4) Touch the [OK] key and - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 580
User Control Device Control Printer Settings Energy Save Copy Settings Image Send Settings Exit Operation Settings 2/3 Network Settings Document Filing Settings 4 (A) System Settings List Print (Administrator) Storing/Calling of System Settings Security Settings Change Administrator Password - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 581
Factory default setting ■ Operation Settings ● Keys Touch Sound X Keys Touch Sound X Keys Touch Sound at Initial Point ● Auto Clear Setting X Cancel Timer ● Message Time Setting ● Display Language Setting ● Disabling of Job Priority Operation (Not used in fax mode.) ● Disabling of Bypass Printing - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 582
to Copy Mode Screen X Initial Resolution Setting Fax Disable Enable Apply the Resolution Set when Stored Scan Internet Fax*2 Fax X Default Exposure Settings Disable 200X200dpi 200X100dpi Standard Exposure Original Image Type Moiré Reduction X Must Input Next Address Key at - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 583
] on Fax/Image Send Mode Disable Selection from the Address Book • E-mail • FTP • Desktop • Network Folder • Internet Fax • Fax Disable Direct Entry • E-mail • Internet Fax • Fax Disable PC-I-Fax Transmission*2 Disable PC-Fax Transmission ● Fax Settings X Fax Default Settings Fax Own Name - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 584
of Line Busy Recall in Case of Communication Error X Fax Receive Settings Number of Calls in Auto Reception Duplex Reception Setting Auto Receive Reduce Setting Print Style Setting Set the Telephone Number for Data Forwarding Factory default setting Page Volume: Middle Volume: Middle - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 585
RX Reduce Anti Junk Fax Setting Fax Output Settings X Fax Polling Security Polling Security Setting Passcode Number Setting ■ List Print (Administrator) ● Administrator Settings List X Copy X Print X Image Send X Document Filing X Security X Common X All Administrator Settings List ● Image - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 586
• Network Folder Disable • Internet Fax Disable • Fax Disable Disable Registration Using Network Scanner Tools*3 X Settings to Disable Transmission Disable Disable [Resend] on Fax/Image Send Mode Disable Disable Selection from the Address Book • E-mail Disable • FTP Disable - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 587
mode Exposure adjustment screen in base screen of fax, Internet fax, and network scanner modes Exposure adjustment screen in [Scan to HDD] in base screen of document filing mode in the display can be changed. Select one of the keys and touch the [OK] key. When user authentication is enabled, the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 588
printing (printing and touch the [OK] key. (To make the number change quickly, keep your finger on the or key.) To default settings, touch the [Back to Default] key. System Settings Customize Key Setting Fax Customize 1 Special Modes Customize 2 File OK Customize 3 Quick File Back to Default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 589
. The customized keys in the base screen of the selected mode will change to reflect the settings. Ready to send. Fax Mode Switch Image Settings Memory TX Direct TX Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Speaker Resend Address Book Sub Address Dual Page Scan Erase Address Review Customize keys 173 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 590
document feeder, such as when the feeder malfunctions. (When the setting is enabled, scanning is still possible using the document glass.) To enable this setting, select the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. Original Feeding Mode The following original feeding modes can be set to operate by default - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 591
the settings. Default Display Setting Five screen selections are available for the base screen that appears when you press the [IMAGE SEND] key, or when you press the [CLEAR ALL] key ( ) in image send mode. • Scan • Internet Fax • Fax • Address Book (ABC) • Address Book (User) When [Switch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 592
) in the Address Book. When this setting is enabled, touching a tab in the Address Book screen does not change the order. Print This function holds received faxes and Internet faxes in memory without printing them. The faxes can be printed by entering a password (factory default setting: 0000 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 593
the following transmission operations. Disable [Resend] on Fax/Image Send Mode Disable the use of the [Resend] key on the basic screen of image send mode. To enable this setting, select the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. Disable Selection from the Address Book This is used to disable selecting the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 594
Send Settings] key, the [Fax Settings] key, and then the [Fax Default Settings] key to configure the settings. Fax Own Name and Number Set Use this setting to enter the fax number of the machine and the name of the user. The entered name and number are printed at the top of each fax page you send - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 595
transaction (the oldest transaction will not be printed). • The Image Sending Activity Report can also be printed manually. See "List Print (Administrator)" (page 186). ECM Line conditions can sometimes distort a transmitted fax image. When ECM (Error Correction Mode) is turned on, pages that are - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 596
of the date and sender information printed at the top of faxes by the receiving machine. To have the information printed outside the transmitted document image, touch the [Outside the Original Image] key. To have the information printed inside the document image, touch [Inside the Original Image - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 597
CHANGING THE SENDER INFORMATION (Own Name Select) (page 85) Up to 18 numbers (maximum of 20 digits each) can be stored. Control numbers are from 01 No.01 Name AAAAA 4 Touch the [Yes] key. Delete the sender name? AAAAA No Yes 3 Enter the sender name. To enter text, see the "Users Guide". 4 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 598
. (To make the number change quickly, keep your finger on the or key.) If you select "0" for the number of rings, the machine will immediately answer and begin fax reception without ringing in auto reception mode. Duplex Reception Setting This used to have received faxes printed on both sides of - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 599
Data Forwarding When a problem prevents the machine from printing a received fax, the received fax can be forwarded to another fax machine. This setting is used to program the fax number of the destination fax machine. Only one forwarding fax number can be programmed (maximum of 64 digits). System - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 600
size. System Settings Fax Output Settings Enter the number of prints via the 10-key pad. Prints 1 OK 2/2 Staple 11" (A4), and 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (B5) sizes. For other sizes, the number of sheets is 25. When a finisher is installed, the number of sheets that can be stapled is 50 for 8-1/2" x 11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 601
Fax Settings] key, and then the [Fax Polling Security] key to configure the settings. Note that these settings do not apply to F-code Settings Passcode Number Setting Enter Cancel OK 1/2 3 Press the numeric keys to store the fax number. Up to 20 digits can be entered. To enter a hyphen, touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 602
Internet Fax expansion kit is installed.) This prints a list of the anti junk address/domain names that have been stored using "Anti Junk Mail/Domain Name Setting" in the system settings (administrator). Inbound Routing List This prints a list of the "Inbound Routing Settings". Document Admin List - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 603
as the Printer Condition Settings. The settings are linked together (changing one setting changes the other). Image Send Settings Disable Switching of Display Order This is used to prohibit changes to the order of display (order search number, ascending, descending) in the Address Book. When this - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 604
the following transmission operations. Disable [Resend] on Fax/Image Send Mode Disable the use of the [Resend] key on the basic screen of image send mode. To enable this setting, select the checkbox and touch the [OK] key. Disable Selection from the Address Book This is used to disable selecting the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 605
Facsimile Guide MODEL: MX-FXX1 MX4500-US-FAX-Z2 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 606
Copier Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 607
DOCUMENT FEEDER TO MAKE COPIES 11 • MAKING A COPY USING THE DOCUMENT GLASS 12 AUTOMATIC 2-SIDED COPYING 15 • USING THE AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER TO MAKE 2-SIDED COPIES 15 • AUTOMATIC 2-SIDED COPYING USING THE DOCUMENT GLASS 18 COPY COLOR MODES 21 • SELECTING THE COLOR MODE 21 CHANGING - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 608
(Mirror Image 130 COPYING AN 11" x 17" SIZE ORIGINAL Sharpness 141 WHITENING FAINT COLORS IN COPIES (Suppress Background 143 ADJUSTING THE COLOR (Color Balance 145 ADJUSTING THE BRIGHTNESS OF A COPY (Brightness 147 ADJUSTING THE INTENSITY OF A COPY (Intensity 149 CHECKING COPIES BEFORE PRINTING - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 609
. When using the machine, read the appropriate manual for the feature you are using. Printed manuals Manual name Safety Guide Software Setup Guide Quick Start Guide Troubleshooting Facsimile Quick Reference Guide Contents This manual contains instructions for using the machine safely and lists the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 610
using the scanner function and the Internet fax function. Document Filing Guide This manual provides detailed explanations of the procedures for using the document filing function. The document filing function allows you to save the document data of a copy or fax job, or the data of a print job - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 611
. Selections are made by touching the displayed keys. DOCUMENT FILING IMAGE SEND PRINT READY DATA LINE DATA COPY SYSTEM JOB STATUS SETTINGS LOGOUT (6) (7) (8) (9) Ready to scan for copy. 0 (10) (1) Full Color Color Mode (2) Job Detail Settings (3) Auto Exposure 100% (4) Copy Ratio - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 612
same [File] and [Quick File] keys that appear when the [Special Modes] key is touched. For information on the document filing function, see the Document Filing Guide. When the system settings screen is displayed, the base screen of copy mode will not appear even if the [COPY] key is pressed. [Job - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 613
] Full Color Color Mode Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 5. 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes Margin Shift Brightness These 3 keys can be changed as desired. System Settings (Administrator): Customize Key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 614
in this guide. Place the original. Place the original in the document feeder tray of the automatic document feeder, or on the document glass. * Depending on the copy functions used, there are also cases where functions are selected before the original is placed. 1 Full Color Color Mode Job Detail - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 615
(number of sets). 7 2-Sided Copy Document filing settings Ready to scan for copy. Full Color Color Mode Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Special Modes File Quick File Select document filing settings. For more information on the document filing function, see the Document Filing Guide. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 616
original(s) and making copies. Start color copying. Start black and white copying. When one or more special modes are selected, the key appears in the base screen. Touch the key to display a list of the selected special modes. This lets you check what special modes are selected and the settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 617
into the document feeder tray. The stack must not be higher than the indicator line. Ready to scan for copy. Full Color Color Mode Job Detail original is not selected automatically. In this event, change the paper size manually. • To change the paper size selection, touch the [Job Detail Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 618
] key ( ). 5 Even if a color mode is selected, copying will take place in black and white if the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ) is pressed. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). MAKING A COPY USING THE DOCUMENT GLASS To make a copy of a book or other thick - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 619
The currently selected color mode appears. To change the color mode, touch the [Color Mode] key, touch the [Full Color] key, [Auto] key, [Single Color] key or [2 Color] key, and touch the [OK] key. ☞ COPY COLOR MODES (page 21) Full Color: The original is copied in full color. Auto: Color or black - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 620
other function that requires all originals to be scanned before the copies are printed, you must use the same [START] key that you used to scan the first original to scan each of the remaining originals. Even if a color mode is selected, copying will take place in black and white if the [BLACK - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 621
the originals face up. Insert the originals all the way into the document feeder tray. The stack must not be higher than the indicator line. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [2-Sided Copy] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 622
The currently selected color mode appears. To change the color mode, touch the [Color Mode] key, touch the [Full Color] key, [Auto] key, [Single Color] key or [2 Color] key, and touch the [OK] key. ☞ COPY COLOR MODES (page 21) Full Color: The original is copied in full color. Auto: Color or black - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 623
Press the [CLEAR] key ( ) and then enter the correct number. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key 8 ( key ( ). Using the [Binding Change] key Originals Binding Change is used The reverse side A is upside down. Binding Change is not used The reverse side - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 624
size detector. Closing the automatic document feeder with an object underneath may damage the original size detector plate and prevent correct detection of the document size. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [2-Sided Copy] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 625
from the document glass. 2-Sided Copy 4 OK Binding Change Touch the [OK] key. Ready to scan for copy. Full Color Color Mode Job Detail Settings original is not selected automatically. In this event, change the paper size manually. • To change the paper size selection, touch the [Job Detail - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 626
originals. Remove the original and place the next original, and then press the [COLOR or START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & 9 WHITE START] key or other function that requires all originals to be scanned before the copies are printed, you must use the same [START] key that you used to scan the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 627
in Auto Color Mode" in the system settings (administrator). SELECTING THE COLOR MODE Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face 1 1 down on the document glass. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Color Mode] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 628
If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. 4 • If you are using the document glass, copy each page one page at a time. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). Even if a color mode is selected, copying will take place - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 629
EXPOSURE LEVEL To select the exposure mode, or to manually adjust the exposure level, follow the steps below. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face 1 1 down on the document glass. Full Color Color Mode Job Detail Settings 2 Auto Exposure 100 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 630
and photographs, such as a text document with a photo pasted on. Printed photo This mode is best for copying printed photographs, such as photos in a magazine or catalogue. Photo Map Light Original Use this mode to copy photos. This mode is best for copying the light color shading and fine text - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 631
Original] exposure • [Intensity] in the special modes • [2 Color] or [Single Color] in the color mode Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Scanning begins. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. • If you - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 632
feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Automatic ratio selection cannot be used if the original size or paper size is a non-standard size. If the original size is a non-standard size, automatic ratio selection cannot be used unless the original size is entered manually. Full Color - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 633
touch the [100%] key. MANUALLY SELECTING THE RATIO (Preset ratios/Zoom document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 When the automatic document feeder is used, the ratio selection range is 25% to 200%. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Copy Ratio] key. Full Color Color Mode - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 634
) • Full size key 100% Keys marked (A) The keys marked (A) can be set to show any ratio using "Add or Change Extra Preset Ratios" in the system settings (administrator). Copy Ratio 11x17 81/2x11 64% 81/2x11 51/2x81/2 11x17 81/2x14 81/2x14 81/2x11 77% Auto Image 70 % Zoom 100% Menu 12 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 635
COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Scanning begins. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. • If you placed the original on the document key. System Settings (Administrator): Add or Change Extra Preset Ratios Two - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 636
Originals Copies Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face 1 1 down on the document glass. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Copy Ratio] key. Full Color Color Mode Job Detail Settings 2 Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 637
the [X] key once again to readjust the X zoom. Copy Ratio 77% 8 64% 50% X 50 % Y 70 % Zoom 100% Cancel OK 129% 200% 400% XY Zoom Touch the [OK] key. (C) Touch the [Job Detail Settings] key and Full Color Color Mode Auto Original Auto 81/2x11 Paper Select 2-Sided Copy Output make sure - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 638
Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Scanning begins. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. • If you placed the original on the document glass, scan each 10 page one page at a time. If you are using the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 639
Ready to scan for copy. Full Color Color Mode Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% administrator). The factory default setting is "Inch-1". Selections Inch-1 Inch-2 AB-1 AB-2 AB-3 Detectable original sizes Document glass 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 11"R, 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" 11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 640
User's Guide. [Example 1] Document feeder tray Document glass abc Place the original with the corners aligned here. abc [Example 2] Document feeder tray Document mode or auto image mode. Rotation can be disabled using "Rotation Copy Setting" in the system settings (administrator). 34 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 641
SIZE When the original size is a non-standard size or is not detected correctly, manually specify the original size. Ready to scan for copy. Touch the [Job Detail Settings] key. 0 Full Color Color Mode 1 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 642
the Y (vertical) dimension of the original with the keys. When the document glass is used, a dimension from 2-1/2" to 11-5/8" (64 mm to 297 mm) can be entered. When an automatic document feeder is installed, a dimension from 5-1/8" to 11-5/8" (131 mm to 297 mm) can be entered. If the length - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 643
Color Color Mode Auto Auto 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Original Paper Select Job Detail Plain Output 2 Settings Auto Special Modes8 x11 Special Modes Manual Custom Size Original Cancel OK X X Y Y 17 (2 1/2 17) inch 11 (2 1/2 11 5/8) inch Recall Store/Delete Auto Manual to 11-5/8" (64 mm - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 644
/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File Quick File Touch the [Original] key. Full Color Color Mode Auto Auto 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Touch the [Recall] tab. Auto (2) Touch the key of the original size that you Manual wish to call up. Custom Size (3) Touch the [OK] key. Store/Delete To - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 645
Changing a stored original size Ready to scan for copy. Touch the [Job Detail Settings] key. 0 Full Color Color Mode 1 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File Quick - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 646
1/2 11 5/8) inch Recall Store/Delete Auto Manual Custom Size (1), (2) (3) 6 Change the original size. (1) Enter the X (horizontal) dimension of the original. With the [X] key highlighted, enter the X (horizontal) dimension of the original with the keys. A dimension from 2-1/2" to 17" (64 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 647
2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File Quick File Full Color Color Mode Auto Auto 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Touch the [Original Size] key. OK Auto Manual Custom Size Original X151/2 Y81/2inch 4 Recall (2) Store/Delete (1) OK Auto Manual Custom Size A custom size has - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 648
Tray] key (10) This is used to group copies by page. ☞ Group mode (page 43) Select this key to have output delivered to the right tray. When appears. (Only when "Automatic Saddle Stitch" is enabled in the system settings (administrator).) (10) [Punch] key This is used to punch holes in the output - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 649
originals into 5 sets Originals Output Group mode This function groups copies by page. COLOR START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). • The sort function is automatically selected when originals are placed in the automatic document feeder. • When the Quick File Folder for document - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 650
only with saddle stitch finisher) Vertically-oriented paper Applicable paper sizes 8-1/2" x 11", A4, B5, 16K Number of sheets that can be stapled: • Saddle ) than the stated maximum. • When Mixed Size Original in the special modes is used with the "Same Width" setting, the maximum number of sheets - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 651
module is installed, holes can be punched in output. Paper that can be punched is 11" x 17" to 8-1/2" x 11" (16 lbs. to 56 lbs.) (A3 to B5R (60 g/m2 to 209 on the paper. Staple sort Document feeder tray Document glass Punch Document feeder tray Document glass abc abc abc abc abc abc abc - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 652
THE BYPASS TRAY" in the User's Guide. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face 1 1 down on the document glass. Place paper in the bypass tray. Insert the paper with print side face down. 2 When loading paper larger than 8-1/2" x 11"R or A4R, be sure - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 653
size. On the MX-3500/4500 series, touch the [Manual] key, touch the AB 17 ((5 1/2 17) inch 11 (5 1/2 11 1/2) inch Inch size set. [Custom mode. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Scanning begins. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 654
[Interrupt] key. Full Color Color Mode 2-Sided Copy 1 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 Output Special Modes File Quick File Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 655
Stop/Delete Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax The left edge of the job status screen appears at the left edge of the touch panel screen The left edge of the job status screen can be touched to display the job status screen. Ready to scan for copy. 0 1 Full Color Color Mode 2 Job - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 656
and use a copy job stored using the document filing function. For information on the spool screen, see the Printer Guide. Job key display Each job key shows be printed. "Paper Empty" The paper used for the job has run out. Add paper or change to a different paper tray. "Error" An error occurred - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 657
020 / 001 Copying 020 / 000 Waiting 020 / 000 Waiting 002 / 000 Waiting Spool 1/1 Job Queue Complete Detail Priority Stop/Delete Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (1) (2) The job that was in progress will be moved to the second position in the queue and will wait. The job - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 658
/ 000 Waiting 002 / 000 Waiting Spool 1/1 Job Queue Complete Detail Priority Stop/Delete Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Detail of Copy OK 020/000 Waiting Color / B/W: Full Color 2-Sided Copy: Exposure: 1 3 5 Output 81/2x11 Paper: Plain Paper Select Copy Ratio: X100 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 659
Call Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Copy jobs saved with the document filing Print User1 Send 81/2x11 Cancel F. Color Property Change Move Delete Detail Manipulate the job from this screen. For more information on manipulating called up jobs, see the Document Filing Guide - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 660
2 ways to open the special modes screen from the base screen of copy mode. 1. Touch the [Special Modes] key in the base screen of copy mode. The explanations in this guide generally assume that this method is used. Ready to scan for copy. Full Color Color Mode Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 661
the left and right pages of a book or other bound document. ☞ COPYING EACH FACING PAGE OF A BOUND DOCUMENT (Dual Page Copy) (page 63) modes screen. (8) / keys Touch these to switch through the special modes screens. 2nd screen (1) (2) Special Modes Covers/Inserts Transparency Inserts Book - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 662
BEFORE PRINTING (Proof Copy) (page 151) 4th screen (1) Special Modes Mixed Size Original (2) Slow Scan Mode OK 4/4 (1) [Mixed Size Original] key This is used to make copies of mixed size originals. The mixed size originals can be inserted together in the automatic document feeder. ☞ COPYING - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 663
Enlargement) (page 127) (3) [Mirror Image] key This is used to print a mirror image of the original. ☞ REVERSING THE IMAGE (Mirror Image) (page 130) Color adjustments menu screen (4) [11x17 Full Bleed] key This is used to copy an entire 11" x 17" (A3) original at full size without the cutting off - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 664
Color Mode Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 0 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File Quick File When one or more special modes are selected, the key appears in the base screen. Function Review Shift - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 665
edge Top edge Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 666
mode. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder screen of step 4. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Margin Shift Setting The default margin shift setting can be set from 0" to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 667
originals or books. When a thick book is copied... Not using the erase function Using the erase function Shadows appear here Erase modes Edge erase document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 668
mode. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder the erase width will change according to the selected Administrator): Erase Width Adjustment The default erase width can be set from 0" to 1" (0 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 669
book or other bound document. Copying the facing pages of a book or bound document 5 6 Book or bound document 5 6 The facing pages are separated into 2 copy pages. Place the original on the document . 0 Select 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size paper. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 670
glass. • Only 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) paper can be used. • To erase shadows caused by the binding of a book or other bound document, use the erase function. Note that the center erase and edge + center erase modes of the erase function cannot be used with dual page copy. To cancel dual page copy... Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 671
. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 If the originals are 2-sided, place them in the document feeder tray. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 672
the binding edge ([Left Binding] or [Right Binding]). Special Modes OK Pamphlet Copy Cancel OK 6 Original 1-Sided 2-Sided Left Right ] key. If a cover will not be added, go to step 10. Cover Setting Print on Cover 7 Yes No Cancel OK Paper Tray Bypass Tray 81/2x11 Plain If the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 673
screen, 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size plain paper is loaded in the bypass tray. To change the paper tray for paper cannot be used. Cover Setting Print on Cover Yes No 2-Sided 9 Cancel OK settings... Touch the [Cancel] key. Special Modes OK Pamphlet Copy Cancel OK 10 Original 1-Sided - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 674
Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. • If you are using the document glass, copy each page one 11 page at a time. If you are using the sort function - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 675
all originals are copied as a single job, which saves you the trouble of sorting the copies that would be required if the originals were document feeder tray. The stack must not be higher than the indicator line. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 676
first set of originals. Scanning begins. Insert the next set of originals and press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). You must If the Quick File Folder of the document filing function is full, copying in job build mode will be affected. Delete unneeded files from - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 677
by your network administrator. If the master machine and slave machine will change roles, configure the IP address information of the master machine in the slave machine. Both machines can use the same port number. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 678
machine will print the extra set. If an incorrect number of copies is set... Press the [CLEAR] key ( ) and then enter the correct number. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 679
copying is possible. User authentication is enabled in the slave machine but not in the master machine: tandem copying is not possible. To cancel tandem copy... Touch the [Tandem Copy] key in the screen of step 3 so that it is not highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Tandem Connection - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 680
copy settings. When these settings have been completed, perform the procedure to select covers/inserts. • The originals must be scanned using the automatic document feeder. The document glass cannot be used. • Front and back cover can be inserted by 1 sheet each and up to 100 inserted sheets can be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 681
the originals face up. Insert the originals all the way into the document feeder tray. The stack must not be higher than the indicator line. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 682
Modes OK Covers/Inserts Cancel OK 4 Front Cover Insertion Type A Setting Insertion Paper Tray Settings Back Cover Insertion Type B Setting Settings Page Layout Touch the [Front Cover] key. Front Cover Setting Print 11" (A4) size plain paper is loaded in the bypass tray. To change the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 683
to the base screen of copy mode. To check your settings, touch the [Page Layout] key. ☞ CHANGING COVER/INSERT SETTINGS (Page Layout) (page 81) Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). 8 Copying of the originals in the document feeder tray begins. To cancel - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 684
the originals face up. Insert the originals all the way into the document feeder tray. The stack must not be higher than the indicator line. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 685
is displayed. (B) The size and type of paper in the currently selected tray is displayed. 5 In the example screen, 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size plain paper is loaded in the bypass tray. To change the paper tray for the inserts, touch the tray selection key. (In the screen example, the "Bypass Tray - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 686
Special Modes OK Covers/Inserts paper cannot be used. Tab paper can only be inserted. Special Modes OK Covers/Inserts Cancel OK 9 Front Cover Insertion Type A Setting screen of copy mode. To check your settings, touch the [Page Layout] key. ☞ CHANGING COVER/INSERT SETTINGS (Page Layout) (page - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 687
Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). 10 Copying of the originals in the document feeder tray begins. To system settings (administrator). To cancel insert sheet insertion... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 4. CHANGING COVER/INSERT SETTINGS - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 688
Book Copy Tab Copy Card Shot (2) (1) Select Covers/Inserts. (1) Touch the the screens. keys to switch through (2) Touch the [Covers/Inserts] key. Special Modes key shows a print image icon and the insertion page. If there are multiple screens, touch the keys to change screens. If you - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 689
is displayed. (B) The size and type of paper in the currently selected tray is displayed. In the example screen, 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size plain paper 6 is loaded in the bypass tray. To change the paper tray for the cover, touch the tray selection key. (In the screen example, the "Bypass Tray - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 690
Special Modes OK Covers/Inserts Cancel OK 8 Front Cover Insertion Type A Setting Insertion Paper Tray Settings Back Cover Insertion Type B Setting Settings Page Layout Touch the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. 84 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 691
, the rounded corner should be at the front left. When oriented vertically, the round corner should be at the rear left. Full Color Color Mode Auto Auto 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Open the paper settings screen. Original Paper Select Job Detail Plain Output (1) Touch the [Job Detail - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 692
Transparency Pre-Printed Pre-Punched Heavy Paper Tab Paper Recycled Color Labels Envelope mode. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 693
x 11" (A4) size plain paper is loaded in tray 1. To change the paper mode. Select insert paper that is the same size as the transparency film. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 694
ABCD AB CD Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 695
can be selected. (4) Touch the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. • If you are using the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 696
When using the multi shot function, the appropriate copy ratio will be automatically set based on the original size, paper size, and the number of originals to be copied onto one sheet. The minimum possible reduction ratio is 25%. The original size, paper size, and selected number of original pages - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 697
open book or other bound document. Color Color Mode 1 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File Quick File Special Modes OK 2/4 Covers/Inserts Transparency Inserts Multi Shot 2 Book - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 698
] or [Right Binding]). Special Modes Book Copy 4 Cancel Left Right Binding is disabled in the system settings (administrator). Cover Setting Print on Cover 5 Yes No Cancel OK example screen, 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size plain paper is loaded in the bypass tray. To change the paper tray for - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 699
the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. Place the original face down on the document glass. 9 Place the opened front cover and back cover face down. Scan the original. or (1) Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). (2) Place the next - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 700
[Read-End]. Touch the [Read-End] key. Copying will begin. Read-End 11 To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( stitch finisher is installed, the book copy function can be used in combination with the saddle stitch function. • When book copy is selected, 2-sided - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 701
AND THE TAB PAPER Tab copying with a left binding Originals Final image 1 Placing the originals • Document feeder tray 1 Insert the originals so that the side with no tab text enters first • Document glass Loading tab paper Face down Originals 1 Place so that the side with the tab text is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 702
is on the left Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 703
enter the machine last. The width of the tab paper can be up to the width of 8-1/2" x 11" paper (8-1/2") plus 5/8" (or A4 width (210 mm) plus 20 mm). Full Color Color Mode Auto 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Open the paper settings screen. Original Paper Select Job Detail Plain Output (1) Touch - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 704
Pre-Printed Recycled Letter Head Pre-Punched Color Thin mode. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder Settings (Administrator): Initial Tab Copy Setting The default image shift width can - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 705
Copies Back Example of an 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size portrait copy Example of an 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size landscape copy Full Color Color Mode Auto Auto 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Open Settings] key to return to the base screen of copy mode. Place the original face down on the document glass. 3 99 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 706
Color Color Mode 4 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File Quick File Special Modes OK 2/4 Covers/Inserts Transparency Multi Shot Inserts 5 Book settings (administrator). (B) - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 707
copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or the [BLACK & WHITE START original must be placed on the document glass. • Copying is only possible of step 6. System Settings (Administrator): Card Shot Settings This is used default settings are 3-3/8" (86 mm) for X (the width) - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 708
with other special modes, the special modes are reflected in the printed items. Special Modes Printing Margin Shift The printed item is shifted the amount of the margin width along with the image. Dual Page Copy The item is printed on each copy sheet. Pamphlet Copy Book Copy The item - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 709
. Example: Printing AUG/01/2005 in the top right corner of the paper. AUG/01/2005 Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 710
Cancel OK Set the date format. YYYY/MM/DD / Bk(Black) First Page Print Color (1) Touch the key that shows the desired date 6 MM/DD/YYYY DD/MM/YYYY . - AUG/01/2005 All Pages format. MM DD, YYYY Date Change (2) If you selected [YYYY/MM/DD], [MM/DD/YYYY], (1) (2) or [DD/MM/YYYY - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 711
Page Print Color . - AUG/01/2005 All Pages Date Change Select the pages that the date will be printed on and touch the [OK] key. Select printing on the first page only, or printing on all pages. 10 Stamp Date Page Numbering Stamp Text Layout Cancel OK 1/2 Touch the key. 11 Stamp - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 712
Original Type Print on Covers/Inserts when Copying on Covers/Inserts Touch the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 713
COPY PLEASE REPLY Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 714
Size Larger Smaller OK First Page All Pages Touch the [Print Color] key and set the color and density. Touch the color that you wish to use. If you wish to darken the selected color, touch the key. If you wish to lighten the selected color, touch the key. When you have finished the settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 715
11 Stamp Original Orientation Layout Cancel OK 2/2 2-Sided Original Type Print on Cancel OK 2/2 2-Sided Original Type 12 Print on Covers/Inserts when Copying on Covers settings (administrator). 13 Stamp Original Orientation Layout Cancel OK 2/2 2-Sided Original Type Print on Covers - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 716
(Page Numbering) Page numbers can be printed on copies. The position, color, format, and page number can be selected for page numbering. Printing the page number at the bottom center of the paper. 1 2 3 Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 717
File Special Modes OK Stamp 3/4 Color Image Edit Adjustments 3 Quick File File Proof Copy (2) (1) Select Stamp. (1) Touch the the screens. keys to switch through (2) Touch the [Stamp] key. Stamp Date Page Numbering Stamp Text Layout Cancel OK 1/2 4 Select the print position - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 718
11.) Manual Page Number Print Color OK Bk(Black) C(Cyan) 7 M(Magenta) Y(Yellow) If you selected a color other than [Bk (Black)], press the [COLOR START] key ( WHITE START] key ( ) will print the page numbers in black and white. ). Pressing the [BLACK & Page Numbering Cancel OK To change - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 719
Counting] key if you 10 Auto 1 Auto Covers/Inserts Counting want the covers/inserts to be counted in Manual Printing Starts from Page 1 the page numbers. 11 Covers/Inserts Counting Count Front Cover Count Inserts Count Back Cover (1) OK (A) (B) (C) (2) Touch each item that you want - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 720
) Print Color Total Page Auto Manual 2/2 2-Sided Original Type 16 Print on Covers/Inserts when Copying printing will not take place even if a checkmark appears. • Page numbers are never printed on administrator). 17 Stamp Original Orientation Layout Cancel OK 2/2 2-Sided Original Type Print - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 721
Page Numbering" is selected, copying in group mode is not possible. The mode automatically changes to sort mode. • When the page number printing position is set to the right side or left side and pamphlet copy or book copy is used, the print position is changed so that the page numbers always appear - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 722
Printing "August 2005 Planning Meeting" in the top left corner of the paper August 2005 Planning Meeting Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 723
Color Text Recall No.01 AAA AAA No.02 BBB BBB 7 No.03 3 No.04 No.05 No.06 (1) (2) Cancel OK 6 Direct Entry 1/5 Specify the text to be printed. The [Direct Entry] key can be touched to display the text entry screen. To enter text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. When all - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 724
all pages. All Pages Recall/Entry Store/Delete Bk(Black) Print Color 10 Stamp Date Page Numbering Stamp Text Layout Cancel OK 1/2 Touch the key. 11 Stamp Original Orientation Layout Cancel OK 2/2 2-Sided Original Type Print on Covers/Inserts when Copying on Covers/Inserts Touch the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 725
Original Type Print on Covers/Inserts when Copying on Covers/Inserts Touch the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 726
81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File Quick File Special Modes OK Stamp 3/4 Color Image Edit Adjustments 2 Quick File File Proof Copy (2) (1) Select Stamp. Page 4 Pre-Set All Pages Bk(Black) Recall/Entry Store/Delete Print Color 120 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 727
AAA 5 Text Store/Delete No.01 Do not copy No.02 Confidential key. A text has been already stored to this location. change the text? Cancel Delete Modify When the [Modify] key is . To enter text, see "6. ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. When you have finished editing the text, touch the [ - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 728
LAYOUT (Layout) After stamp items have been selected, you can check the print layout, change the print position, and delete print items. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 1 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 729
the desired destination Select the location to move the selected item. position. The touched position key is highlighted and the print position changes. The keys that show the print positions will appear as follows depending on the state of the settings. Not selected, stamp setting has not been - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 730
(65 x 70 mm)) 12 copies are made on a sheet of 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size paper. 24 copies are made on a sheet of 11" x 17" (A3) size paper. Place the original face down on the document glass. • When placing an 3" x 5", 5" x 7", 2-1/2" x 4", 2-1/2" x 2-1/2" or 2-1/8" x 3-5/8" (130 x 90 mm, 100 x 150 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 731
of the copy mode. When making repeat copies of a business card size original (up to 2-1/8" x 3-5/8" (57 x 100 mm)), only 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) can be selected for the paper size. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying of the original on the document glass - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 732
• The original must be placed on the document glass. • Only 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) or 11" x 17" (A3) size paper can be used. • The copy ratio is 100% when this function is used. (The ratio cannot be changed.) However, for a business card size original (up to 2-1/8" x 3-5/8" (57 x 100 mm)), the images are - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 733
an image of an original and print it as a composite image using multiple sheets of paper. Original (8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size) Copy (enlarged image on 8 sheets of 11" x 17" (A3) paper) Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 1 Job Detail Settings Auto - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 734
Inch system A system B system 22" x 17" 22" x 34" 34" x 44" 44" x 68" A2 A1 A0 A0 x 2* B3 B2 B1 B0 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11" 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11" 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11" 11" x 17" A3, A4, A5 A3, A4, A5 A3, A4 A3 B4, B5 B4, B5 B4, B5 B4 * The size that is - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 735
the [OK] key to return to the base screen of the copy mode. 22x17 22x34 11x17 812x14 34x44 44x68 812x11 Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying of the original on the document glass begins. If you are using the sort function or other function - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 736
Mirror image copy Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 737
Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. • If you are using the document glass, copy each page one 5 page at a time. If you are using the sort function - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 738
used, which is slightly larger than 11" x 17" (A3) size. 11" x 17" (A3) size original 12" x 18" (A3) full bleed copy Place the original face down on the document glass. 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 739
tray, adjust the guides to the width of 12" x 18" (A3W) paper, and place the paper in the bypass tray. Full Color Color Mode Auto 12x18 2-Sided Type/Size Setting Select the paper type. Plain Pre-Printed Recycled Letter Head Pre-Punched Color Thin Paper Heavy Paper Labels (2) Touch the [OK] - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 740
Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying of the original on the document glass begins. If you are using the sort function or other function that requires 8 all originals to be scanned before the copies are printed, you must use the same [START] key - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 741
the centering function Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face 1 1 down on the document glass. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 742
Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. • If you are using the document glass, copy each page one 5 page at a time. If you are using the sort function - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 743
/White Reverse to reduce toner consumption. Originals B/W Reverse copy Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face 1 1 down on the document glass. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 744
using the document glass, copy each page one 5 page at a time. When using this function, the [COLOR START] key ( To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). ) cannot be used. When this function is selected, the exposure mode setting automatically changes to "Text - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 745
copies (RGB Adjust)" in the Quick Start Guide. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face 1 1 down on the document glass. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 746
[OK] key to return to the base screen of the copy mode. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. 6 • If you are using the document glass, copy each page one page at a time. To cancel scanning - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 747
, see "Adjusting the sharpness of an image (Sharpness)" in the Quick Start Guide. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 748
Press the [COLOR START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. 6 • If you are using the document glass, copy each page one page at a time. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 749
. Level [-] Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 750
[OK] key to return to the base screen of the copy mode. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. 6 • If you are using the document glass, copy each page one page at a time. To cancel scanning - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 751
example, see "Adjusting the color (Color Balance)" in the Quick Start Guide. Light Dark 12345678 Each of the colors yellow, cyan, magenta, the document feeder tray, or face 1 1 down on the document glass. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 752
return to the default color balance values. The default color balance values are set in "Initial Color Balance Setting" in the system settings (administrator). Press the [COLOR START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 753
of a copy (Brightness)" in the Quick Start Guide. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 754
Press the [COLOR START] key ( ). Copying will begin. • If the originals were placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. 6 • If you are using the document glass, copy each page one page at a time. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 755
a copy (Intensity)" in the Quick Start Guide. Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face 1 1 down on the document glass. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 756
placed in the document feeder tray, the originals are copied. 6 • If you are using the document glass, copy each page one page at a time. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). This function cannot be used in combination with "Color Tone Enhancement" in - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 757
If OK AAAA AAAA AAAA AAAA 1 set is printed after the settings are adjusted The remaining 4 sets are printed Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 1 1 Full Color Color Mode Auto Auto 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Select copy - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 758
If there are no problems with the first set that is printed, touch the [End] key. If you need to make changes, touch the [Change] key. If the [End] key is touched, the remaining sets are printed. If you touched the [Change] key, go to the next step. Proof Copy OK Color Mode Paper Select 2-Sided - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 759
Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). 9 One set of copies is printed again using the adjusted settings. The number of sets does not change at this time. If settings must be adjusted again, repeat steps 6 through 9 until there are no problems. When you are - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 760
in the document feeder tray with the sides that are the same length aligned together on the left. 11" x 17" and 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 14" and 8-1/2" x 11"R, 8-1/2" x 14" and 5-1/2" x 8-1/2", 8-1/2" x 13" and 8-1/2" x 11"R, 8-1/2" x 13" and 5-1/2" x 8-1/2", 8-1/2" x 11"R and 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (A3 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 761
with the corners aligned in the far left corner of the document feeder tray. 8-1/2" x 14" (B4) 8-1/2" x 14" (B4) 11" x 17" 11" x 17" (A3) Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 11x17 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 762
of copy mode. Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). 5 Copying of the originals in the document feeder tray begins. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). • When "Different Width" is used on the MX-3501N/4501N, "2-Sided - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 763
all the way into the document feeder tray. The stack must not be higher than the indicator line. If the originals are inserted with too much force, they may crumple and misfeed. Ready to scan for copy. 0 Touch the [Special Modes] key. Full Color Color Mode 2 Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 764
Press the [COLOR START] key ( ) or or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ). 4 Copying of the originals in the document feeder tray begins. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). The "2-Sided to 2-Sided" and "2-Sided to 1-Sided" modes of automatic two-sided - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 765
filing. 11" x 17" (A3) size CAD drawings Copies When a job program is not stored Set 11" x 17" (A3) to 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) reduction Change the made when selecting the settings, so some copies must be redone. or Press the [COLOR START] key or the [BLACK & WHITE START] key. The settings are stored in - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 766
administrator), this function cannot be used. To store, make selections and press [OK], to delete, press [Cancel]. Cancel OK Select the copy settings that you wish to Full Color Color Mode ENTERING TEXT" in the User's Guide. When you have finished entering the name, touch the [OK] - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 767
Job Programs Press program number. 5 1 2 5 6 Recall Exit 1/6 3 4 7 8 Store/Delete Touch the [Exit] key. DELETING A JOB PROGRAM The procedure for deleting a job program is explained below. 1 LOGOUT Press the [PROGRAM] key ( ). Job Programs Press program number. 1 2 2 5 6 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 768
Job Programs Press program number. 5 1 2 5 6 Recall Exit 1/6 3 4 7 8 Store/Delete Touch the [Exit] key. When "Disabling Deletion of Job Programs" is enabled in the system settings (administrator), this function cannot be used. 162 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 769
APPENDIX Examples of covers and inserts The relations between the originals and finished copies when covers or inserts are inserted are shown on the following pages. Covers • 1-sided copying of 1-sided originals • 2-sided copying of 1-sided originals • 1-sided copying of 2-sided originals • - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 770
Covers (1-sided copying of 1-sided originals) 1-sided copies are made of the following 1-sided originals. 1st page 2nd page 3rd page 4th page 5th page 1 2 3 4 5 6th page 6 Cover copying condition Front cover Back cover No copying No copying Resulting copies 1 2 3 4 5 6 1- - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 771
Covers (2-sided copying of 1-sided originals) 2-sided copies are made of the following 1-sided originals. 1st page 2nd page 3rd page 4th page 5th page 1 2 3 4 5 6th page 6 6 6 Cover copying condition Front cover Back cover No copying No copying Resulting copies 1 3 5 4 2 1- - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 772
Covers (1-sided copying of 2-sided originals) 1-sided copies are made of the following 2-sided originals. 1st page 2nd page 3rd page 1 3 5 6 4 2 Cover copying condition Front cover Back cover No copying No copying Resulting copies 1 2 3 4 5 6 1-sided copying No copying 1 2 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 773
Covers (2-sided copying of 2-sided originals) 2-sided copies are made of the following 2-sided originals. 1st page 2nd page 3rd page 1 3 5 6 4 2 6 6 Cover copying condition Front cover Back cover No copying No copying Resulting copies 1 3 5 4 2 1-sided copying No copying 1 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 774
Inserts (copying of 1-sided originals) 1-sided and 2-sided copying is performed using the following 1-sided originals. The insert is added as the third page. 1st page 2nd page 3rd page 4th page 5th page 6th page 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 Insert copying condition No copying 1 Resulting copies ( - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 775
Copier Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N MX4500-US-CPY-Z1 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 776
DOCUMENT FEEDER 7 • CONNECTORS 8 • OPERATION PANEL 9 TOUCH PANEL 11 PRINT/SEND STATUS (JOB STATUS 12 TURNING THE POWER ON AND OFF 13 • ENERGY SAVE FUNCTIONS 14 • [POWER SAVE] KEY 14 USER AUTHENTICATION 15 • AUTHENTICATION BY USER NUMBER 15 • AUTHENTICATION BY LOGIN NAME / PASSWORD - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 777
. When using the machine, read the appropriate manual for the feature you are using. Printed manuals Manual name Safety Guide Software Setup Guide Quick Start Guide Troubleshooting Facsimile Quick Reference Guide Contents This manual contains instructions for using the machine safely and lists the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 778
. Printer Guide This manual provides detailed explanations of the procedures for using print function. Facsimile Guide This manual provides detailed explanations of the procedures for using fax function and the "System Settings" that are related to fax. Scanner Guide This manual provides - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 779
MX-3501N/4501N. Cannot be installed on other models. ☞ PLACING THE ORIGINAL (page 33) (2) Reversing single pass feeder (automatic document feeder toner cartridge. ☞ TURNING THE POWER ON AND OFF (page 13) ☞ REPLACING THE TONER tray (center tray) Copy jobs and print jobs are delivered to this tray. (8) - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 780
(9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (9) Saddle stitch finisher* This can be used ) Tray 1 This holds paper. Up to 500 sheets of paper can be loaded. ☞ TRAY SETTINGS FOR TRAYS 1 TO 4 (page 23) (11) Tray 2 This holds paper. Up to 500 sheets of paper can be loaded. ☞ TRAY SETTINGS FOR TRAYS 1 TO 4 (page 23) - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 781
Waste toner box This collects excess toner that remains after copying and printing. Your service technician will collect the waste toner box. (23) Waste toner box release button (17) Transfer belt During full color copying, the toner paper manually. When loading paper larger than 8-1/2" x 11"R or - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 782
DOCUMENT FEEDER (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (9) (8) MX-3501N/4501N (2) (3) (4) (5) (1) Paper feed roller This roller rotates to automatically feed the original. (2) Document feeding area cover Open this cover to remove an original misfeed or clean the paper feed roller. (3) Original guides - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 783
the machine as a printer. For the USB cable, use a shielded type cable. (3) LAN connecter Connect the LAN cable to this connector when the machine is used on a network. For the LAN cable, use a shielded type cable. (4) Service-only connector When the fax expansion kit is installed (5) (6) Caution - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 784
an image file on the hard drive or print or transmit an image stored on the hard drive. ☞ Document Filing Guide [IMAGE SEND] key Press this key to select network scanner / fax mode to use the scanner function or fax function. ☞ Facsimile Guide ☞ Scanner Guide • LINE indicator This lights up during - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 785
DOCUMENT FILING IMAGE SEND PRINT READY DATA LINE DATA 11) [STOP] key ( ) Press this key to stop a copy job or scanning of an original. (12) [BLACK & WHITE START] key ( ) Press this key to copy or scan an original in black and white. This key is also used to send a fax in fax mode. (13) [COLOR - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 786
Color Mode Job Detail Settings Auto Exposure 100% Copy Ratio Original 81/2x11 1. 81/2x11 2. 81/2x11R 3. 81/2x14 4. 11x17 Plain 81/2x11 0 2-Sided Copy Output Special Modes File Quick File (1) (1) When at least one special mode is selected, the key appears in the base screen. Function Review - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 787
screen in each mode, see the manual for each mode. (5) keys These change the page of the displayed job list. (6) [Stop/Delete] key Use this key to cancel the job currently in progress or a selected reserved job. Note that printing of received faxes and received Internet faxes cannot be canceled - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 788
can be transmitted. • Before switching off the main power switch, make sure that the DATA indicator for printing and the DATA and LINE indicators for image transmission and fax transmission and reception are not lit or blinking. Switching off the main power switch or removing the power cord from - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 789
if the machine remains in the standby state for the interval of time set in "Preheat Mode" in the system settings (administrator). The machine automatically wakes up and returns to normal operation when a print job is received, a key is pressed on the operation panel, or an original is placed. Auto - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 790
. If either screen appears, enter the user number or login name and password that you received from the administrator. Enter your user number. OK Admin Login Please enter your login name / password. User Authentication OK Login Name User Name Password Auth to: Login Locally When controlled - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 791
fax number is being entered in fax mode, as [LOGOUT] key ( ) input is treated as part of a fax Change to a different mode on the machine and then log out. If an incorrect user number is entered 3 times in a row... If "A Warning when Login Fails" is enabled in the system settings (administrator - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 792
user to be logged in. User 0001 User 0002 User 0003 User 0004 Back Admin Login 1 25 Direct Entry Touch your user name that has been stored in "User Registration" in the system settings (administrator). (B) Index tabs All users appear on the [All Users] tab. Touch a tab to User 0005 User - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 793
and you have different passwords stored in "User Registration" in the system settings (administrator) and in the LDAP server, use the password stored in the LDAP server. • When an LDAP server has been stored, [Auth to:] can be changed. • If you are logging in using a user selection key... If you - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 794
login name and password that you should use with the administrator of the machine. • The administrator can clear the locked state. This is done from [User Control] and then [Default Settings] in the Web page menu. • Depending on the LDAP authentication method, the [E-mail Address] key may appear - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 795
sizes and types of paper that can be loaded in each tray, see the Safety Guide. Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 (when a stand/1 x 500 sheet paper drawer or 4 Tray 5 tray None installed - - - - The explanations in this manual assume that a stand/2 x 500 sheet paper drawer and large capacity tray are - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 796
can be used in tray 1 to tray 5 • SHARP standard paper (see the Safety Guide for the specifications of (17 lbs. (64 g/m2)) SHARP standard paper). • Pain paper other than SHARP standard paper (16 lbs. to 28 lbs. (60 g/m2 to 105 g/m2)) • Recycled paper, colored paper and pre-punched paper must meet - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 797
Iron-on transfer paper • Japanese paper • The reverse side of paper already printed on by another printer or copier. • Thin paper less than 15 lbs. (55 g/m2) • Heavy or nearest SHARP Service Department for advice on suitable paper. • The image quality and toner fusibility of paper may change due to - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 798
Duplex" is enabled in the system settings (administrator), insert letterhead and pre-printed paper with the print side face up. Gently push the paper tray if you change the paper type, be sure to change the paper type setting as explained in "Paper Tray Settings" in the System Settings Guide. Do - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 799
CHANGING THE PAPER SIZE Pull out the paper tray. Gently pull the tray out until it stops. If paper remains in the tray, remove it. 1 A 2 B 3 Adjust the guide is enabled in the system settings (administrator), insert letterhead and pre-printed paper with the print side face up. Gently push the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 800
when automatic paper selection operates, preventing printing or causing a misfeed or other problem. Do not place heavy objects on the tray or press down on the tray. If you changed the paper loaded in tray 1 to tray 4... See the System Settings Guide to change the paper size setting and paper type - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 801
IN TRAY 5 (Large capacity tray) The large capacity tray can hold up to 3500 sheets of 8-1/2" x 11" or A4 size paper (20 lbs. (80 g/m2)). The paper size of tray 5 can only be changed by a SHARP service technician. For detailed information on the paper that can be loaded, see the specifications in the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 802
the type of paper loaded in tray 5, change the paper type setting in "Paper Tray Settings" in the system settings. See the System Settings Guide to change the paper type setting. System Settings: Paper Tray Settings Change these settings when you change the type of paper loaded in the tray. 27 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 803
paper) for continuous printing similar to the other trays. For detailed information on the paper that can be loaded, see the specifications in the Safety Guide and "Paper Tray Settings" in the System Settings Guide. Open the bypass tray. 1 When loading paper larger than 8-1/2" x 11"R or A4R, be - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 804
select the paper size. On the MX-3500/4500 series, touch the [Manual] key, touch the [8K], [16K], or [16KR] key in the screen that appears, and then touch the [OK] key. [Auto-Inch] key When the paper inserted in the bypass tray is an inch size (8-1/2" x 11", etc.), the paper size will - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 805
other than SHARP standard paper or special types of paper other than SHARP-recommended transparency film, or are printing on the reverse paper will be printed on. Place the tab paper and original as shown below. Original Tab paper Copy Automatic document feeder Document glass Leading edge - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 806
envelope. This may result in misfeeds or poor print quality. • Restrictions apply to some types of envelopes. For more information, consult a qualified service technician. • Some operating environments may cause creasing, smudging, misfeeds, poor toner fusing, or machine failure. • Do not use the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 807
to the envelopes, color deviations, or smudging may occur even if envelopes within the specifications are used. This problem may be alleviated by normal pressure position" before printing or copying on paper other than envelopes. Otherwise, fusing problems, paper misfeeds, or equipment failure may occur. - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 808
in copy mode, see "SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SIZE" in the Copier Guide. When a non-standard size original is placed for a fax or scanner transmission, see "SPECIFYING THE SCAN SIZE OF THE ORIGINAL" in the Facsimile Guide or Scanner Guide. Allowed original weights MX-3501N/4501N 1-sided copying - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 809
special modes and select [Different Width]. Align the originals here in the document feeder tray. 11" x 17" (A3) 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) 8-1/2" x 14" (B4) 8-1/2" x 14" (B4) 11" x 17" 11" x 17" (A3) Allowed combinations of sizes 11" x 17" and 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 14" and 8-1/2" x 11"R, 8-1/2" x 14 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 810
may result. Transparency film, tracing paper, carbon paper, thermal paper or originals printed with thermal transfer ink ribbon should not be fed through the document feeder. Originals to be fed through the feeder should not be damaged, crumpled, folded, loosely pasted together, or have cut - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 811
placed in copy mode, see "SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SIZE" in the Copier Guide. When a non-standard size original is placed for a fax or scanner transmission, see "SPECIFYING THE SCAN SIZE OF THE ORIGINAL" in the Facsimile Guide or Scanner Guide. Open the automatic document feeder. 1 Original size - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 812
below to press the book down. (1) Push up the far side of the automatic document feeder. The hinges supporting the automatic document feeder will release and the rear side of the automatic document feeder will rise. (2) (2) Gently close the automatic document (1) feeder. Caution • Do not - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 813
MX-DEX1*1 MX-DEX3*2 MX-DEX2*1 MX tray unit (Right tray) MX-LCX1 MX-TRX1*1 MX-TRX2*2 Additional tray. MX-FNX1 Output device that enables the use of the MX-PNX1B Punches holes in copies and other output. Requires a finisher. Saddle stitch finisher MX pass unit MX-RBX1 Required when - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 814
number Description PS3 expansion kit MX-PKX1 Enables the machine to be used as a Postscript compatible printer. Internet fax expansion kit MX-FWX1 Enables Internet Fax. Facsimile expansion kit MX-FXX1 Adds a fax function. *1 Can be installed when using the MX-2300/2700 Series. *2 Can - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 815
is slidable. Extend the tray for large output (12" x 18", 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 13" A3W, A3 and staple jam. (3) Punch waste box (when a punch module is installed) This holds punch waste. (4) Front cover Open when you turn on the power and when printing is taking place, as the tray may - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 816
FINISHER MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message will appear in the operation panel. Follow the procedure below to replace the staple cartridge. Replacing - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 817
the right. Gently slide the finisher back to the right until it locks into its original position. 7 Close the cover. 8 Make a test print or copy in staple sort mode to verify that stapling takes place correctly. Removing staple jams Follow the steps below to remove a staple jam. 1 Open the cover - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 818
Lower the staple case release lever and remove the staple case. 3 Pull the staple case out to the right. Raise the lever at the front end of the staple case and remove the jammed 4 staple. Remove the leading staple if it is bent. If bent staples remain, a staple jam will occur again. Lower - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 819
(when a punch module is installed) Open the cover. 1 Grasp the punch waste box handle, gently pull out the box, and discard the 2 punch waste. Discard the punch waste in a plastic bag or other container, taking care not to let the waste scatter. Gently push the box back in. 3 Close the cover - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 820
to this tray. The tray is slidable. Extend the tray for large output (12" x 18", 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 13", A3W, A3 and B4 sizes). (3) Saddle saddle stitch finisher. • Use caution when you turn on the power and when printing is taking place, as the tray may move up and down. • A saddle - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 821
SADDLE STITCH FINISHER MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message will appear in the operation panel. Follow the procedure below to replace the staple cartridge. Replacing - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 822
the stapler section back in. Push the stapler section back in until it locks into its original position. 9 Close the front cover. 10 Make a test print or copy in staple sort mode to verify that stapling takes place correctly. 47 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 823
Removing staple jams Follow the steps below to remove a staple jam. 1 While pulling the lever, slide the saddle stitch finisher to the left until it stops. Open the front cover. 2 Turn roller rotating knob B as shown until the blue indicator is visible. 3 Blue Roller rotating knob B Remove - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 824
mark is aligned with the indicator. Remove the staple case. Raise the lever at the front end of the staple case and remove the jammed 11 staple. Remove the leading staple if it is bent. If bent staples remain, a staple jam will occur again. 49 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 825
into its original position. 14 Close the front cover. 15 Push the saddle stitch finisher back and latch it to the machine. 16 Make a test print or copy in staple sort mode to verify that stapling takes place correctly. 50 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 826
finisher to the left until it stops. 1 Pull out the punch waste box and discard the punch waste. 2 Discard the punch waste in a plastic bag or other container, taking care not to let the waste scatter. Return the punch waste box to its original position. 3 Push the saddle stitch finisher back - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 827
the machine and replace the toner cartridge or waste toner box. REGULAR MAINTENANCE To ensure that the DOCUMENT GLASS AND AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER If the document glass, document backplate sheet, or automatic document scanning area becomes dirty, the dirt will appear as dirty spots or colored - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 828
. After using the glass cleaner, be sure to return it to its storage position. Examples of lines in the image Black lines White lines MX-3501N/4501N (1) Open the automatic document feeder and remove the glass cleaner. (2) Clean the scanning areas with the glass cleaner. One scanning area is the - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 829
Clean the scanning area in the automatic document feeder. When you have finished cleaning, close the cover. (3) Replace the glass cleaner. Other models (1) Open the automatic document feeder and remove the glass cleaner. (2) Clean the scanning area with the glass cleaner. (3) Replace the glass - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 830
If black lines or colored lines appear even after you have cleaned the document glass and document feeder, use the charger cleaner to clean the main charger that charges the drum. Figure 1 (1) Open the front cover. (2) Release the waste toner box lock and let the waste toner box fall forward - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 831
but also when the printer function is used. (The problem appears during both printing and copying.) Open the front cover. 1 Take out the cleaning tool for the laser unit. The cleaning tool is attached to the front cover. 2 Release the waste toner box. Press the waste toner box release button. 3 The - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 832
to press down on the hook that secures the cleaner and remove the cleaner. Do not return the removed cleaner to the top of the waste toner box. Attach the new cleaner to the cleaning tool. (1) Align the cleaner hook with the attachment hole in the cleaning tool. 7 (2) Hold the cleaner firmly - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 833
unit (4 holes). There are a total of 4 holes to be cleaned in the laser unit, including the hole cleaned in step 8. Clean all holes. Push the waste toner box into the machine. Push the waste toner box firmly in until it clicks into place. 58 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 834
) onto the holder on the right. (2) Align the holder with the hole in the center of the cleaning tool and slowly press down from above. 11 (3) Fit the holder into the hole in the tip (the end with the cleaner) of the cleaning tool. Close the front cover. 12 59 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 835
will appear. Change the toner cartridge. ( ) Colors that are running low or have run out of toner are indicated in ( ). Y :Yellow M : Magenta C : Cyan Bk : Black Replace the toner cartridges of the indicated colors. Open the front cover. Locations of color toner cartridges MX-3500/4500 - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 836
the insert hole as shown and then push the cartridge in until it clicks into place. 5 A toner cartridge of a different color cannot be installed. Be sure to install a toner cartridge of the same color. Push the cartridge in until it locks securely in place. 6 Push the cartridge firmly in until - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 837
toner), color copying will not be possible. If Y, M, or C toner runs out but Bk toner remains, black and white copying will still be possible. • Keep the used toner cartridge in a plastic bag (do not discard it). The service technician will collect the used toner cartridge at the time of maintenance - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 838
THE WASTE TONER BOX The waste toner box collects residual toner that is produced during printing. When the used toner box is full, the display will show "Replace used toner container.". Follow the procedure below to replace the used toner box. Open the front cover. 1 Release the used waste toner box - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 839
box. 4 Do not point the holes down as used toner will spill out. Remove the seals around the holes. waste toner box. Place it in a plastic bag and keep it until your service technician comes to perform maintenance. Your service technician will collect the waste toner box. Install the new waste toner - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 840
in until it clicks into place. Close the front cover. 9 Caution • Do not throw a waste toner box into a fire. Toner may fly and cause burns. • Store waste toner box out of the reach of small children. When replacing the waste toner box, be aware that it may soil your clothes or the place where you - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 841
an e-mail message. Touch this key to delete the characters to the left of the cursor one character at a time. Touch this key to change the entry mode. When this key is touched, the [Characters] key, [Symbols] key, and [Other Language] key appear. Touch one of the keys to select a different entry - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 842
key to temporarily change the key layout of character entry mode to a different language. Select the key layout that you wish to use. The key layouts that can be selected vary depending on the language selected in "Display Language Setting" in the system settings (administrator). ENTERING TEXT FROM - Sharp MX 4501N | MX-2300N | MX-2700N | MX-3500N | MX-3501N | MX-4500N | MX-4501N - Page 843
User's Guide MODEL: MX-2300N MX-3500N MX-2700N MX-3501N MX-4500N MX-4501N MX4500-US-USR-Z1
User's Guide
MX-3500N
MX-3501N
MX-4500N
MX-4501N
MX-2300N
MX-2700N
MODEL: